1 five go to mystery moor 2 3 4 5 6 ‘we’ve been here a ... go to... · 1 1 five go to mystery...

161
1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 1 Chapter One 2 3 AT THE STABLES 4 5 ‘We’ve been here a week and I’ve been bored every single 6 minute!’ said George. 7 ‘You haven’t,’ said Anne. ‘You’ve enjoyed all the rides we’ve 8 had, and you know you’ve enjoyed messing about the stables 9 when we haven’t been out riding.’ 10 ‘I tell you, I’ve been bored every single minute,’ said George, 11 quite fiercely. ‘I ought to know, oughtn’t I? That awful girl 12 Henrietta too. Why do we have to put up with her?’ 13 ‘Oh - Henry!’ said Anne, with a laugh. ‘I should have thought 14 you’d find a lot in common with another girl like yourself, who 15 would rather be a boy, and tries to act like one!’ 16 The two girls were lying by a haystack eating sandwiches. 17 Round them in a field were many horses, most of which the 18 girls either rode or looked after. Some way off was an old 19 rambling building, and by the front entrance was a great board, 20 21 Captain Johnson’s Riding School 22 23 Anne and George had been staying there for a week, while 24 Julian and Dick had gone to camp with other boys from their 25 school. It had been Anne’s idea. She was fond of horses, and 26 had heard so much from her friends at school what fun it was 27 1 mistery (adj) - misterioso 4 stable (s) - estábulo 12 ought (to) – dever, ter obrigação moral de 13 put up (to) – dar alojamento, alojar 16 would (he) rather that you went today - ele preferia que tu fosses hoje 17 haystack (s) – meda de feno 20 rambling (adj) – sem grande coerência, desligado, desconexo

Upload: others

Post on 10-Jul-2020

3 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

1

FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 1 Chapter One 2 3 AT THE STABLES 4 5 ‘We’ve been here a week and I’ve been bored every single 6 minute!’ said George. 7 ‘You haven’t,’ said Anne. ‘You’ve enjoyed all the rides we’ve 8 had, and you know you’ve enjoyed messing about the stables 9 when we haven’t been out riding.’ 10 ‘I tell you, I’ve been bored every single minute,’ said George, 11 quite fiercely. ‘I ought to know, oughtn’t I? That awful girl 12 Henrietta too. Why do we have to put up with her?’ 13 ‘Oh - Henry!’ said Anne, with a laugh. ‘I should have thought 14 you’d find a lot in common with another girl like yourself, who 15 would rather be a boy, and tries to act like one!’ 16 The two girls were lying by a haystack eating sandwiches. 17 Round them in a field were many horses, most of which the 18 girls either rode or looked after. Some way off was an old 19 rambling building, and by the front entrance was a great board, 20 21 Captain Johnson’s Riding School 22 23 Anne and George had been staying there for a week, while 24 Julian and Dick had gone to camp with other boys from their 25 school. It had been Anne’s idea. She was fond of horses, and 26 had heard so much from her friends at school what fun it was 27

1 mistery (adj) - misterioso 4 stable (s) - estábulo 12 ought (to) – dever, ter obrigação moral de 13 put up (to) – dar alojamento, alojar 16 would (he) rather that you went today - ele preferia que tu fosses hoje 17 haystack (s) – meda de feno 20 rambling (adj) – sem grande coerência, desligado, desconexo

Page 2: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

2

to spend day after day at the stables, that she had made up 28 her mind to go herself. 29 George hadn’t wanted to come. She was sulky because the 30 two boys had gone off somewhere without her and Anne, for a 31 change. Gone to camp! George would have liked that, but girls 32 were not allowed to go camping with the boys from Julian’s 33 school, of course. It was a camp just for the boys alone. 34 ‘You’re silly to keep feeling cross because you couldn’t go 35 camping too,’ said Anne. ‘The boys don’t want us girls round 36 them all the time. We couldn’t do the things they do.’ 37 George thought differently. ‘I can do anything that Dick and 38 Julian do,’ she said. ‘I can climb, and bike for miles, can walk 39 as far as they can, I can swim, I can beat a whole lot of boys at 40 most things.’ 41 ‘That’s what Henry says!’ said Anne, with a laugh. ‘Look, there 42 she is, striding about as usual, hands in her jodhpur pockets, 43 whistling like the stable boy!’ 44 George scowled. Anne had been very much amused to see 45 how Henrietta and George hated one another at sight - and yet 46 both had so very much the same ideas. George’s real name 47 was Georgina, but she would only answer to George. Henry’s 48 real name was Henrietta, but she would only answer to Henry, 49 or Harry to her very best friends! 50 She was about as old as George, and her hair was short too, 51 but it wasn’t curly. ‘It’s a pity yours is curly,’ she said to 52 George, pityingly. ‘It looks so girlish, doesn’t it?’ 53 ‘Don’t be an ass,’ George said, curtly. ‘Plenty of boys have 54 curly hair.’ 55

41 most [superl. de much e many] (adj) - (adv) – a maioria de 43 stride about (to) – caminhar com grandes passadas 43 jodhpurs substantivo plural - calças de equitação, justas à perna desde o joelho ao tornozelo; 53 pityingly (adv) – compassivamente, cheio de compaixão 54 curtly (adv) – bruscamente, secamente

Page 3: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

3

The maddening part was that Henrietta was a wonderful rider, 56 and had won all kinds of cups. George hadn’t enjoyed herself a 57 bit during that week at the stables, because for once in a way 58 another girl had outshone her. She couldn’t bear to see 59 Henrietta striding about, whistling, doing everything so 60 competently and quickly. 61 Anne had had many a quiet laugh to herself, especially when 62 the two girls had each made up their minds not to call one 63 another Henry and George, but to use their full names, 64 Henrietta and Georgina! This meant that neither of them would 65 answer the other when called, and Captain Johnson, the big 66 burly owner of the riding-stables, got very tired of both of them. 67 ‘What are you behaving like this for?’ he demanded one 68 morning, seeing their sulky looks at one another at breakfast-69 time. ‘Behaving like a couple of idiotic schoolgirls!’ 70 That made Anne laugh! A couple of idiotic schoolgirls. My 71 goodness, how annoyed both girls were with Captain Johnson. 72 Anne was a bit scared of him. He was hot-tempered, out-73 spoken, and stood no nonsense at all, but he was a wonder 74 with the horses, and loved a good, hearty laugh. He and his 75 wife took either boys or girls for the holidays, and worked them 76 hard, but the children always enjoyed their stay immensely. 77 ‘If it hadn’t been for Henry, you’d have been perfectly happy 78 this week,’ said Anne, leaning back against the haystack. 79 ‘We’ve had heavenly April weather, the horses are lovely, and I 80 like Captain and Mrs Johnson very much.’ 81 ‘I wish the boys were here,’ said George. ‘They would soon put 82 that silly Henrietta in her place. I wish I’d stayed at home now.’ 83

59 outshine (to) – ofuscar, suplantar, eclipsar, ultrapassar em brilho, brilhar mais que 61 competently (adv) – adequadamente, de modo competente 67 burly (adj) – corpulento, entroncado 73 outspoken (adj) – franco, sincero, sem reservas, sem rodeios 74 nonsense (s) – disparate, tolice, asneira 74 stand (to) – aguentar, suportar, tolerar (pôr de pé, estar de pé, levantar-se)

Page 4: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

4

‘Well, you had the choice,’ said Anne, rather cross. ‘You could 84 have stayed at Kirrin Cottage with your father and mother, but 85 you chose to come here with me, till the boys came back from 86 camp. You shouldn’t make such a fuss if things aren’t exactly 87 to your liking. It spoils things for me.’ 88 ‘Sorry,’ said George. ‘I’m being a pig, I know, but I do miss the 89 boys. We can only be with them in the hols and it seems funny 90 without them. There’s just one thing that pleases me here 91 you’ll be glad to know...’ 92 ‘You needn’t tell me, I know what it is!’ said Anne, with a laugh. 93 ‘You’re glad that Timmy won’t have anything to do with Henry!’ 94 ‘With Henrietta,’ corrected George. She grinned suddenly. 95 ‘Yes, old Timmy’s got some sense. He just can’t stick her. 96 Here, Timmy boy, leave those rabbit-holes alone and come 97 and lie down for a bit. You’ve run for miles this morning when 98 we took the horses out, and you’ve snuffled down about a 99 hundred rabbit-holes. Come and be peaceful.’ 100 Timmy left his latest rabbit-hole reluctantly and came to flop 101 down beside Anne and George. He gave George a hearty lick 102 and she patted him. 103 ‘We’re just saying, Timmy, how sensible you are not to make 104 friends with that awful Henrietta,’ said George. She stopped 105 suddenly at a sharp nudge from Anne. A shadow fell across 106 them as someone came round the haystack. 107 It was Henrietta. By the annoyed look on her face it was clear 108 that she had heard George’s remark. She held out an orange 109 envelope to George. 110

90 funny (adj) – estranho, invulgar, esquisito, bizarro 96 stick (to col) – suportar, tolerar (picar, espetar, cravar) 99 snuffle down (to) – fungar, farejar, cheirar 100 peaceful (adj) – pacífico, não violento, calmo, tranquilo, sereno 101 flop down (to) – tombar, cair pesadamente 109 hold out (to) – estender, esticar

Page 5: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

5

‘A telegram for you, Georgina,’ she said, stiffly. ‘I thought I’d 111 better bring it in case it was important.’ 112 ‘Oh, thanks, Henrietta,’ said George, and took the telegram. 113 She tore it open, read it and groaned. 114 ‘Look at that!’ she said to Anne and passed it to her. ‘It’s from 115 Mother.’ 116 Anne took the telegram and read it. ‘Please stay another week. 117 Your father is not well. Love from Mother.’ 118 ‘What bad luck!’ said George, a familiar scowl on her face. 119 ‘Just when I thought we’d be going home in a day or two, and 120 the boys would join us at Kirrin. Now we’ll be stuck here by 121 ourselves for ages! What’s the matter with Father? I bet he’s 122 only got a headache or something, and doesn’t want us 123 stamping about in and out of the house and making a noise.’ 124 ‘We could go to my home,’ said Anne. ‘That’s if you don’t mind 125 its being a bit upside down because of the decorating we’re 126 having done.’ 127 ‘No. I know you want to stay here with the horses,’ said 128 George. ‘Anyway your father and mother are abroad, we’d only 129 be in the way. Blow, blow, blow! Now we’ll have to do without 130 the boys for another week. They’ll stay on in camp, of course.’ 131 Captain Johnson said yes, certainly the two girls could stay on. 132 It was possible that they might have to do a bit of camping out 133 if one or two extra children came, but they wouldn’t mind that, 134 would they? 135 ‘Not a bit,’ said George. ‘Actually we’d rather like to be on our 136 own, Anne and I. We’ve got Timmy, you see. So long as we 137

111 stiffly (adv) – com rigidez, severamente 130 be in the way (to) - estorvar 137 so long as - se, enquanto, desde que,

Page 6: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

6

could come in to meals and do a few jobs for you, we’d love to 138 go off on our own.’ 139 Anne smiled to herself. What George really meant was that 140 she wanted to see as little of Henrietta as possible! Still, it 141 would be fun to camp out if the weather was fine. They could 142 easily borrow a tent from Captain Johnson. 143 ‘Bad luck, Georgina!’ said Henry, who was listening to all this. 144 ‘Very bad luck! I know you’re terribly bored here. It’s a pity you 145 don’t really like horses. It’s a pity that you-’ 146 ‘Shut up,’ said George, rudely and went out of the room. 147 Captain Johnson glared at Henrietta, who stood whistling at 148 the window, hands in pockets. 149 ‘You two girls!’ he said. ‘Why don’t you behave yourselves? 150 Always aping the boys, pretending you’re so mannish! Give me 151 Anne here, any day! What you want is your ears boxing. Did 152 you take that bale of straw to the stables?’ 153 ‘Yes,’ said Henrietta, without turning. 154 ‘Yes, sir,’ said Captain Johnson. ‘If you want to act like a boy, 155 be one, and say “sir” when you speak to me, if you can’t bother 156 to remember I’ve got a name. It’s...’ 157 He broke off as a small boy came running in. ‘Sir, there’s a 158 gypsy kid outside with a horse, a skewbald, a mangy looking 159 thing. He says can you help him - the horse has got something 160 wrong with its leg.’ 161 ‘Those gypsies again!’ said Captain Johnson. ‘All right, I’ll 162 come.’ 163 He went out and Anne went with him, not wanting to be left 164 alone with the angry Henrietta. She found George outside with 165

151 ape (to) – imitar, macaquear 151 mannish (adj) - masculino 153 bale (s) - fardo 153 straw (s) - palha 156 bother (to) – fazer um esforço, dar-se ao trabalho (aborrecer, incomodar) 158 break off (to) – interromper, acabar com 159 skewbald (adj) - (cavalo) ruão, ruano, malhado de branco e outra cor (excepto preta); 159 mangy (adj) – tinhoso, com sarna, sujo, com aspecto miserável

Page 7: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

7

a small dirty gypsy boy and a patient little skewbald horse, its 166 brown and white coat looking very flea-bitten. 167 ‘What have you done to your horse this time?’ said Captain 168 Johnson, looking at its leg. ‘You’ll have to leave it here, and I’ll 169 see to it.’ 170 ‘Can’t do that, sir,’ said the boy. ‘We’re off to Mystery Moor 171 again.’ 172 ‘Well, you’ll have to,’ said Captain Johnson. ‘It’s not fit to walk. 173 Your caravan can’t go with the others, this horse isn’t fit to pull 174 it. I’ll get the police to your father if you try to work this horse 175 before it’s better.’ 176 ‘Don’t do that!’ said the boy. ‘It’s just that my Dad says we’ve 177 got to go on tomorrow.’ 178 ‘What’s the hurry?’ said Captain Johnson. ‘Can’t your caravan 179 wait a day or two? Mystery Moor will still be there in two days 180 time! It beats me why you go there, a desolate place like that, 181 not even a farm or a cottage for miles!’ 182 ‘I’ll leave the horse,’ said the boy, and stroked the skewbald’s 183 nose. It was clear that he loved the ugly little horse. ‘My father 184 will be angry, but the other caravans can go on without us. 185 We’ll have to catch them up.’ 186 He gave a kind of half-salute to the captain and disappeared 187 from the stable-yard, a skinny little sunburnt figure. The 188 skewbald stood patiently. 189 ‘Take it round to the small stable,’ said Captain Johnson to 190 George and Anne. ‘I’ll come and see to it in a minute.’ 191

167 flea (s) - pulga 174 fit (adj) – apto, adequado, pronto, próprio, adequado 183 strike (to) – fazer festas, dar palmadinhas (bater com, bater em, atacar, assaltar, atingir) 186 catch up (to) – alcançar, apanhar 187 salute (s) – cumprimento, saudação 188 skinny (adj) – magro, escanzelado

Page 8: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

8

The girls led the little horse away. ‘Mystery Moor!’ said George. 192 ‘What a queer name! The boys would like that, they’d be 193 exploring it at once, wouldn’t they?’ 194 ‘Yes. I do wish they were coming here,’ said Anne. ‘Still, I 195 expect they’ll like the chance of staying on in camp. Come on, 196 you funny little creature, here’s the stable!’ 197 The girls shut the door on the gypsy’s pony and turned to go 198 back. William, the boy who had brought the message about the 199 horse, yelled to them. 200 ‘Hey, George and Anne! There’s another telegram for you!’ 201 The two hurried into the house at once. ‘Oh, I hope Father is 202 better and we can go home and join the boys at Kirrin!’ said 203 George. She tore open the envelope and then gave a yell that 204 made Anne jump. 205 ‘Look, see what it says. They’re coming here!’ Anne snatched 206 the telegram and read it. 207 ‘Joining you tomorrow. We’ll camp out if no room. Hope you’ve 208 got a nice juicy adventure ready for us! Julian and Dick.’ 209 ‘They’re coming! They’re coming!’ said Anne, as excited as 210 George. ‘Now we’ll have some fun!’ 211 ‘It’s a pity we’ve no adventure to offer them,’ said George. ‘Still, 212 you simply never know!’ 213 214 215 Chapter Two 216 217 JULIAN, DICK - AND HENRY 218 219

206 snatch (to) – arrancar, arrebatar

Page 9: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

9

George was quite a different person now that she knew her 220 two cousins were coming the next day. She was even polite to 221 Henrietta! 222 Captain Johnson scratched his head when he heard that the 223 boys were arriving. ‘We can’t have them in the house, except 224 for meals,’ he said. ‘We’re full up. They can either sleep in the 225 stables or have a tent. I don’t care which.’ 226 ‘There will be ten altogether then,’ said his wife. ‘Julian, Dick, 227 Anne, George, Henry - and John, Susan, Alice, Rita and 228 William. Henry may have to camp out too.’ 229 ‘Not with us,’ said George, at once. 230 ‘I think you’re rather unkind to Henry,’ said Mrs Johnson. ‘After 231 all, you and she are very alike, George. You both think you 232 ought to have been boys, and...’ 233 ‘I’m not a bit like Henrietta!’ said George, indignantly. ‘You wait 234 till my cousins come, Mrs Johnson. They won’t think she’s like 235 me. I don’t expect they’ll want anything to do with her.’ 236 ‘Oh well, you’ll just have to shake down together somehow, if 237 you want to stay here,’ said Mrs Johnson. ‘Let me see, I’d 238 better get some rugs out. The boys will want them, whether 239 they sleep in the stables or in a tent. Come and help me to 240 look for them, Anne.’ 241 Anne, George and Henry were a good bit older than the other 242 five children staying at the stables, but all of them, small or big, 243 were excited to hear about the coming of Julian and Dick. For 244 one thing George and Anne had related so many of the 245 adventures they had had with them, that everyone was inclined 246 to think of them as heroes. 247

227 altogether (adv) – ao todo 232 alike (adj) – parecido, semelhante 237 shake down (to) – adaptar-se e/ou habituar-se a nova situação

Page 10: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

10

Henrietta disappeared after tea that day and could not be 248 found. ‘Wherever have you been?’ demanded Mrs Johnson 249 when she at last turned up. 250 ‘Up in my room,’ said Henrietta. ‘Cleaning my shoes and my 251 jods, and mending my riding-jacket. You keep telling me to, 252 and now I’ve done it!’ 253 ‘Aha! Preparing for the heroes!’ said Captain Johnson, and 254 Henry immediately put on a scowl very like the one George 255 often wore. 256 ‘Nothing of the sort!’ she said. ‘I’ve been meaning to do it for a 257 long time. If Georgina’s cousins are anything like her I shan’t 258 be very interested in them.’ 259 ‘But you might like my brothers,’ said Anne, with a laugh. ‘If 260 you don’t there’ll be something wrong with you.’ 261 ‘Don’t be silly,’ said Henrietta. ‘Georgina’s cousins and your 262 brothers are the same people!’ 263 ‘How clever of you to work that out,’ said George. But she felt 264 too happy to keep up the silly bickering for long. She went out 265 with Timmy, whistling softly. 266 ‘They’re coming tomorrow, Tim,’ she said. ‘Julian and Dick. 267 We’ll all go off together, like we always do, the five of us. You’ll 268 like that, won’t you, Timmy?’ 269 ‘Woof,’ said Timmy approvingly and waved his plumy tail. He 270 knew quite well what she meant. 271 Next morning George and Anne looked up the trains that 272 arrived at the station two miles away. ‘This is the one they’ll 273 come by,’ said George, her finger on the timetable. ‘It’s the 274

250 turn up (to) – aparecer, chegar, surgir 252 jods/jodhpurs (s pl) – calças de equitação, justas à perna desde o joelho ao tornozelo 264 work out (to) – entender, perceber 265 keep up (to) – manter, aguentar 265 bickering (s) – conflitos, discussões ♣♣♣ bicker (to) – discutir, altercar 272 look up (to trans) – consultar, procurar 274 come by (to) – ter, arranjar, obter, adquirir

Page 11: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

11

only one this morning. It arrives at half past twelve. We’ll go 275 and meet them.’ 276 ‘Right,’ said Anne. ‘We’ll start at ten minutes to twelve - we’ll be 277 in plenty of time then. We can help them with their things. They 278 won’t bring much.’ 279 ‘Take the ponies up to Hawthorn Field, will you?’ called 280 Captain Johnson. ‘Can you manage all four of them?’ 281 ‘Oh yes,’ said Anne pleased. She loved the walk to Hawthorn 282 Field, up a little narrow lane set with celandines, violets and 283 primroses, and the fresh green of the budding hawthorn 284 bushes. ‘Come on, George, let’s catch the ponies and take 285 them now. It’s a heavenly morning.’ 286 They set off with the four frisky ponies, Timmy at their heels. 287 He was quite a help with the horses at the stable, especially 288 when any had to be caught. 289 No sooner had they left the stables and gone on their way to 290 Hawthorn Field than the telephone rang. It was for Anne. 291 ‘Oh, I’m sorry, she’s not here,’ said Mrs Johnson, answering it. 292 ‘Who is it speaking? Oh, Julian her brother? Can I give her a 293 message?’ 294 ‘Yes, please,’ said Julian’s voice. ‘Tell her we are arriving at 295 the bus-stop at Milling Green at half past eleven, and is there a 296 little hand-cart she and George could bring, because we’ve got 297 our tent with us and other odds and ends?’ 298 ‘Oh, we’ll send the little wagon,’ said Mrs Johnson. ‘The one 299 that always goes to meet the train or the bus. I’ll get George to 300 meet you with Anne, they can drive it in. We’re pleased you are 301 coming. The weather’s very good and you’ll enjoy yourselves!’ 302

280 take up (to) – tratar de um assunto, pegar em 284 bud (to) – germinar (florescer) 284 hawthorn (adj) – de arbusto chamado pilriteiro ou espinheiro alvar 287 frisky (adj) – vivo, brincalhão 297 handcart (s) – carreta, carrinho de mão 298 odds and ends - restos; retalhos; sobras; bugigangas; artigos avulso

Page 12: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

12

‘Rather!’ said Julian. ‘Thanks awfully for putting us up. We 303 won’t be any trouble, in fact we’ll help all we can.’ 304 Mrs Johnson said good-bye and put down the receiver. She 305 saw Henrietta passing outside the window, looking much 306 cleaner and tidier than usual. She called to her. 307 ‘Henry! Where are George and Anne? Julian and Dick are 308 arriving at the bus-stop at Milling Green at eleven-thirty and 309 I’ve said we’ll meet them in the little wagon. Will you tell 310 George and Anne? They can put Winkie into the cart and trot 311 him down to the bus-stop.’ 312 ‘Right,’ said Henry. Then she remembered that George and 313 Anne had been sent up to Hawthorn Field with the four ponies. 314 ‘I say, they won’t be back in time!’ she called. ‘Shall I take the 315 wagon and meet them?’ 316 ‘Yes, do. That would be kind of you, Henry,’ said Mrs Johnson. 317 ‘You’d better hurry, though. Time’s getting on. Where’s 318 Winkie? In the big field?’ 319 ‘Yes,’ said Henry and hurried off to get him. Soon he was in 320 the wagon shafts, and Henry was in the driving-seat. She 321 drove off smartly, grinning to herself to think how cross George 322 and Anne would be to find they had missed meeting the two 323 boys after all. 324 Julian and Dick had already arrived at the bus-stop when 325 Henry drove up. They looked hopefully at the wagon, thinking 326 that perhaps one of the girls was driving into meet them. 327 ‘No go,’ said Dick. ‘It’s somebody else, driving into the village. I 328 wonder if the girls got our message. I thought they would meet 329 us at the bus-stop here. Well, we’ll wait a few minutes more.’ 330

303 put up (to) – dar alojamento a, alojar, instalar 309 thirty (num) - 30 310 meet (to) - (estação, aeroporto, etc.) esperar por, ir receber 315 shall (to) - (perguntas, sugestões) querer, desejar, poder 321 shaft (s) – lança ou varal de carro de cavalos 322 smartly (adv) – rapidamente, vivamente, diligentemente, inteligentemente, com esperteza 324 after all – no fim de contas, afinal 326 hopefully (adv) – com esperança, esperançosamente

Page 13: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

13

They had just sat down on the bus-stop seat again when the 331 wagon stopped nearby. Henry saluted them. 332 ‘Are you Anne’s brother?’ she called. ‘She didn’t get your 333 telephone message, so I’ve come with the wagon instead. Get 334 in!’ 335 ‘Oh, jolly nice of you,’ said Julian, dragging his things to the 336 wagon. ‘Er - I’m Julian - and this is Dick. What’s your name?’ 337 ‘Henry,’ said Henrietta, helping Julian with his things. She 338 heaved them in valiantly, then clicked to Winkie to stand still 339 and not fidget. ‘I’m glad you’ve come. There are rather a lot of 340 small kids at the stables. We’ll be glad of you two! I say, Timmy 341 will be pleased to see you, won’t he?’ 342 ‘Good old Tim,’ said Dick, heaving his things in. Henry gave 343 them a shove too. She wasn’t very fat but she was wiry and 344 strong. She grinned round at the boys. ‘All set! Now we’ll get 345 back to the stables. Or do you want to have an ice-cream or 346 anything before we start? Dinner’s not till one.’ 347 ‘No. We’ll get on, I think,’ said Julian. Henry leapt into the 348 driver’s seat, took the reins and clicked to Winkie. The boys 349 were behind in the wagon. Winkie set off at a spanking pace. 350 ‘Nice boy!’ said Dick to Julian, in a low voice, as they drove off. 351 ‘Decent of him to meet us.’ 352 Julian nodded. He was disappointed that Anne and George 353 hadn’t come with Timmy, but it was good to be met by 354 someone! It wouldn’t have been very funny to walk the long 355 road to the farm carrying their packs by themselves. 356

339 click (to) - estalar 340 fidget (to) – estar desassossegado, remexer-se, não parar quieto 343 heave (to) – içar, levantar, elevar 344 wiry (adj) – rijo, resistente 349 rein (s) - rédea 350 spanking (adj) – rápido, acelerado

Page 14: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

14

They arrived at the stables and Henry helped them down with 357 their things. Mrs Johnson heard them arriving and came to the 358 door to welcome them. 359 ‘Ah, there you are. Come along in. I’ve a mid-morning snack 360 for you, because I guessed you’d have had breakfast early. 361 Leave the things there, Henry. If the boys sleep in one of the 362 stables, there’s no sense in bringing them into the house. Now, 363 are George and Anne still not back? What a pity!’ 364 Henry disappeared to put away the wagon. The boys went into 365 the pleasant house and sat down to lemonade and home-366 made biscuits. They had hardly taken a bite before Anne came 367 running in. ‘Henry told me you’d come! Oh, I’m sorry we didn’t 368 meet you! We thought you’d come by train!’ 369 Timmy came racing in, his tail waving madly. He leapt at the 370 two boys, who were just giving Anne a hug each. Then in 371 came George, her face one big beam. 372 ‘Julian! Dick! I am so glad you’ve come! It’s been dull as ditch-373 water without you! Did anyone meet you?’ 374 ‘Yes. An awfully nice boy,’ said Dick. ‘Gave us quite a welcome 375 and dragged our packs into the wagon, and was very friendly. 376 You never told us about him.’ 377 ‘Oh, was that William?’ said Anne. ‘Well, he’s only little. We 378 didn’t bother about telling you of the juniors here.’ 379 ‘No, he wasn’t little,’ said Dick. ‘He was quite big, very strong 380 too. You didn’t mention him at all.’ 381 ‘Well, we told you about the other girl here,’ said George. 382 ‘Henrietta, awful creature! Thinks she’s like a boy and goes 383

365 put away (to) – arrumar, guardar 373 dull (adj) – parado, monótono 373 ditchwater (s) – água estagnada

Page 15: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

15

whistling about everywhere. She makes us laugh! You’ll laugh 384 too.’ 385 A sudden thought struck Anne. ‘Did the - er - boy who met you, 386 tell you his name?’ she asked. 387 ‘Yes, what was it now, Henry,’ said Dick. ‘Nice chap. I’m going 388 to like him.’ 389 George stared as if she couldn’t believe her ears. ‘Henry! Did 390 she meet you?’ 391 ‘No - not she - he,’ corrected Julian. ‘Fellow with a big grin.’ 392 ‘But that’s Henrietta!’ cried George, her face flaming red with 393 anger. ‘The awful girl I told you about, who tries to act like a 394 boy, and whistles and strides about all over the place. Don’t tell 395 me she took you in! She calls herself Henry, instead of 396 Henrietta, and wears her hair short, and...’ 397 ‘Gosh, she sounds very like you, George,’ said Dick. ‘Well, I 398 never! It never occurred to me that he was a girl. Jolly good 399 show she put up. I must say I liked him - her, I mean.’ 400 ‘Oh!’ said George really furious. ‘The beast! She goes and 401 meets you and never says a word to us, and makes you think 402 she’s a boy - and - and - spoils everything!’ 403 ‘Hold your horses, George, old thing,’ said Julian, surprised. 404 ‘After all, you’ve often been pleased when people take you for 405 a boy, though goodness knows why. I thought you’d grown out 406 of it a bit. Don’t blame us for thinking Henry was a boy, and 407 liking him - her, I mean.’ 408 George stamped out of the room. Julian scratched his head 409 and looked at Dick. ‘Now we’ve put our foot in it,’ he said. 410 ‘What an ass George is! I should have thought she’d have 411

396 take in (to) – acolher, alojar 400 put up (to) – armar, montar 409 stamp out (to) – afastar-se batendo muito com os pés

Page 16: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

16

liked someone like Henry, who had exactly the same ideas as 412 she has. Well, she’ll get over it, I suppose.’ 413 ‘It’s going to be a bit awkward,’ said Anne, soberly. 414 She was right. It was going to be very awkward! 415 416

414 awkward (adj) – inconveniente, embaraçoso 414 soberly (adv) – sensatamente, com seriedade, ponderadamente (sobriamente, calmamente)

Page 17: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

17

Chapter Three 417 418 SNIFFER 419 420 As soon as George had gone out of the room, a scowl on her 421 face, Henry walked in, hands in jodhpur pockets. 422 ‘Hallo!’ said Dick, at once. ‘Henrietta!’ 423 Henry grinned. ‘Oh, so they’ve told you, have they? I was 424 tickled pink when you took me for a boy.’ 425 ‘You’ve even got your riding jacket buttons buttoning up the 426 wrong way,’ said Anne, noticing for the first time. ‘You really 427 are a fathead, Henry. You and George are a pair!’ 428 ‘Well, I look more like a real boy than George does, anyway,’ 429 said Henry. 430 ‘Only because of your hair,’ said Dick. ‘It’s straight.’ 431 ‘Don’t say that in front of George,’ said Anne. ‘She’ll 432 immediately have hers cut like a convict or something, all 433 shaven and shorn.’ 434 ‘Well, anyway, it was jolly decent of Henry to come and meet 435 us and lug our things about,’ said Julian. ‘Have a biscuit, 436 anyone?’ 437 ‘No thanks,’ said Anne and Henry. 438 ‘Are we supposed to leave any for politeness sake?’ said Dick, 439 eyeing the plate. ‘They’re home-made and quite super. I could 440 wolf the lot.’ 441 ‘We aren’t frightfully polite here,’ said Henry, with a grin. ‘We 442 aren’t frightfully clean and tidy, either. We have to change out 443

419 sniffer (s) – pessoa que funga 425 be tickled pink (to) - estar deliciado 428 fathead (s) – cretino, idiota, estúpido 428 pair (s) – par, parelha, grupo de dois 431 straight (adj) – qualidade do cabelo liso 433 convict (s) – recluso, condenado, presidiário 434 shave (to) – depilar com lâmina (barbear, fazer a barba) 434 shear (to) – rapar, cortar rente 436 lug (to) – puxar com força, forçar, meter à força 442 frightfully (adv) – muitp, extremamente, espantosamente

Page 18: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

18

of our jods at night for supper, which is an awful nuisance, 444 especially as Captain Johnson never bothers to change his.’ 445 ‘Any news?’ asked Julian, drinking the last of the lemonade. 446 ‘Anything exciting happened?’ 447 ‘No, nothing,’ said Anne. ‘The only excitement is the horses, 448 nothing more. This is quite a lonely place, really, and the only 449 exciting thing we’ve heard is the name of the big, desolate 450 moor that stretches from here to the coast. Mystery Moor it’s 451 called.’ 452 ‘Why?’ asked Dick. ‘Some long-ago mystery gave it that name, 453 I suppose?’ 454 ‘I don’t know,’ said Anne. ‘I think only gypsies go there now. A 455 little gypsy boy came in with a lame horse yesterday, and said 456 his people had to go to Mystery Moor. Why they wanted to go 457 to such a deserted stretch of land I don’t know - no farms 458 there, not even a cottage.’ 459 ‘Gypsies have peculiar ideas sometimes,’ said Henry. ‘I must 460 say I like the way they leave messages for any gypsy following 461 - patrins, they’re called.’ 462 ‘Patrins? Yes, I’ve heard of those,’ said Dick. ‘Sticks and 463 leaves arranged in certain patterns, or something, aren’t they?’ 464 ‘Yes,’ said Henry. ‘I know our gardener at home showed me an 465 arrangement of sticks outside our back gate once, which he 466 said was a message to any gypsy following. He told me what it 467 meant, too!’ 468 ‘What did it mean?’ asked Julian. 469 ‘It meant “Don’t beg here. Mean people. No good!” ’ said 470 Henry, with a laugh. ‘That’s what he said, anyway!’ 471

456 lame (adj) – coxo, aleijado 464 pattern (s) – desenho, padrão, motivo 465 gardener (s) – jardineiro, hortelão 470 beg (to) – pedir 470 mean (to) – referir-se a, falar de (significar, querer dizer)

Page 19: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

19

‘We might ask the little gypsy boy who came with the skewbald 472 horse,’ said Anne. ‘He’ll probably show us some messages. I’d 473 like to learn some. You never know when anything like that 474 could come in useful!’ 475 ‘Yes. And we’ll ask him why the gypsies go to Mystery Moor,’ 476 said Julian, getting up and dusting the crumbs off his coat. 477 ‘They don’t go there for nothing, you may be sure!’ 478 ‘Where’s old George gone?’ asked Dick. ‘I do hope she’s not 479 going to be silly.’ 480 George was in one of the stables, grooming a horse so 481 vigorously that it was most surprised. Swish-swish-swish-482 swish! What a brushing! George was working her intense 483 annoyance out of herself. She mustn’t spoil things for the boys 484 and Anne! But oh, that horrible Henrietta, meeting them like 485 that, pretending to be a boy. Heaving their luggage about, 486 playing a joke on them! But surely they might have guessed! 487 ‘Oh, there you are, George, old thing,’ said Dick’s voice at the 488 stable-door. ‘Let me help. Gosh, aren’t you brown! Just as 489 many freckles as ever!’ 490 George grinned unwillingly. She tossed Dick the brush. ‘Here 491 you are, then! Do you and Ju want to go riding at all? There 492 are plenty of horses to choose from here.’ 493 Dick was relieved to see that George appeared to have got 494 over her rage. ‘Yes. It might be fun to go off for the day. What 495 about tomorrow? We might explore a little of Mystery Moor.’ 496 ‘Right,’ said George. She began to heave some straw about. 497 ‘But not with That Girl,’ she announced, from behind the straw 498 she was carrying. 499

481 groom (to) – escovar, limpar (tratar de) 482 swish (s) – silvo, som de algo a cortar o ar 483 work out (to) – descarregar energia ou fúria 486 heave about (to) – içar, levantar 491 toss (to) – lançar, atirar, arremessar 494 get over (to) – superar ou ultrapassar uma crise ou doença 497 straw (s) - palha

Page 20: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

20

‘What girl?’ asked Dick, innocently. ‘Oh, Henry, you mean? I 500 keep thinking of her as a boy. No, we won’t have her with us. 501 We’ll be just the five as usual.’ 502 ‘That’s all right then,’ said George happily. ‘Oh, here’s Julian. 503 Give a hand, Ju!’ 504 It was lovely to have the two boys again, joking, laughing, 505 teasing. They all went out in the fields that afternoon and heard 506 the tales of the camp. It was just like old times, and Timmy was 507 as pleased as anyone else. He went first to one of the four, 508 then to another, licking each one as he went, his tail wagging 509 vigorously. 510 ‘That’s three times you’ve smacked me in the face with your 511 tail, Timmy,’ said Dick, dodging it. ‘Can’t you look behind 512 yourself and see where my face is?’ 513 ‘Woof,’ said Timmy happily, and turned round to lick Dick, 514 wagging his tail in Julian’s face this time! 515 Somebody squeezed through the hedge behind them. George 516 stiffened, feeling sure that it was Henrietta. Timmy barked 517 sharply. 518 It wasn’t Henrietta. It was the little gypsy boy. He came up to 519 them. There were pale streaks down his dirty little face, made 520 by tears that had run through the dirt! 521 ‘I’ve come for the horse,’ he said. ‘Do you know where he is?’ 522 ‘He’s not ready for walking yet,’ said George. ‘Captain Johnson 523 told you he wouldn’t be. What’s the matter? Why have you 524 been crying?’ 525 ‘My father hit me,’ said the boy. ‘He cuffed me and knocked me 526 right over.’ 527

512 dodge (to) – desviar-se, mover-se 520 streak (s) – risca, faixa

Page 21: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

21

‘Whatever for?’ asked Anne. 528 ‘Because I left the horse,’ said the boy. ‘My father said all it 529 wanted was a bit of ointment and a bandage. He has to start 530 off with the other caravans today, you see.’ 531 ‘Well, you really can’t have the horse yet,’ said Anne. ‘It isn’t fit 532 to walk, let alone drag a caravan. You don’t want Captain 533 Johnson to tell the police you’re working it when it’s not fit, do 534 you? You know he means what he says?’ 535 ‘Yes. But I must have the horse,’ said the small gypsy. ‘I 536 daren’t go back without it. My father would half kill me.’ 537 ‘I suppose he doesn’t care to come himself, so he sends you 538 instead,’ said Dick, in disgust. 539 The boy said nothing, and rubbed his dirty sleeve across his 540 face. He sniffed. 541 ‘Get your hanky,’ said Dick. ‘Don’t you ever wash your face?’ 542 ‘No,’ said the boy, looking quite surprised. ‘Let me have my 543 horse. I tell you, I’ll be half killed if I go back without him.’ He 544 began to cry again. 545 The children felt sorry for him. He was such a thin, skinny 546 misery of a boy, and goodness, how he sniffled all the time! 547 ‘What’s your name?’ asked Anne. 548 ‘Sniffer,’ said the boy. ‘That’s what my father calls me.’ 549 It was certainly a good name for him; but what a horrid father 550 he must have! 551 Haven’t you got a proper name?’ asked Anne. 552 ‘Yes. But I’ve forgotten it,’ said Sniffer. ‘Let me have my horse. 553 I tell you, my father’s waiting.’ 554

530 ointment (s) – pomada, ungento 530 bandage (s) – ligadura, faixa 533 drag (to) – puxar, arrastar 542 hanky/handkerchief (s) – lenço de bolso, lenço de assoar 546 skinny (adj) – magro, escanzelado, só pele e osso 547 sniffle (to) – fungar

Page 22: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

22

Julian got up. ‘I’ll come and see your father and put some 555 sense into him. Where is he?’ 556 ‘Over yonder,’ said Sniffer with a big sniff, and he pointed over 557 the hedge. ‘I’ll come too,’ said Dick. In the end everyone got up 558 and went with Sniffer. They walked through the gate and saw a 559 dark-faced, surly-looking man standing motionless not far off. 560 His thick, oily hair was curly, and he wore enormous gold rings 561 hanging from his ears. He looked up as the little company 562 came near. 563 ‘Your horse isn’t fit to walk yet,’ said Julian. ‘You can have it 564 tomorrow or the next day, the Captain says.’ 565 ‘I’ll have it now,’ said the man, in a surly tone. ‘We’re starting 566 off tonight or tomorrow over the moor. I can’t wait.’ 567 ‘But what’s the hurry?’ said Julian. ‘The moor will wait for you!’ 568 The man scowled and shifted from one foot to another. ‘Can’t 569 you stay for another night or two and then go after the others?’ 570 said Dick. 571 ‘Listen, Father! You go with the other caravans,’ said Sniffer, 572 eagerly. ‘Go in Moses’ caravan and leave ours here. I can put 573 our horse into the shafts tomorrow, or maybe the next day, and 574 follow after!’ 575 ‘But how would you know the way?’ said George. 576 Sniffer made a scornful movement with his hand. ‘Easy! They’ll 577 leave me patrins to follow,’ he said. 578 ‘Oh yes,’ said Dick, remembering. He turned to the silent gypsy 579 fellow. ‘Well, what about it? It seems that Sniffer here has quite 580 a good idea, and you most certainly can’t have the horse today 581 anyway.’ 582

557 yonder (adj) – acolá, além 560 surly (adj) – mal-humorado, carrancudo 560 motionless (adj) – imóvel, sem movimento, sem se mexer

Page 23: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

23

The man turned and said something angry and scornful to poor 583 Sniffer, who shrank away from the words as if they were blows. 584 The four children couldn’t understand a word, for it was all 585 poured out in some gypsy talk that they could not follow. Then 586 the man turned on his heel and without so much as a look at 587 them, slouched away, his ear-rings gleaming as he went. 588 ‘What did he say?’ asked Julian. 589 Sniffer gave one of his continual sniffs. ‘He was very angry. He 590 said he’d go with the others, and I could come on with Clip the 591 horse, and drive our caravan,’ he said. ‘I’ll be all right there 592 tonight with Liz.’ 593 ‘Who’s Liz?’ asked Anne, hoping that it was someone who 594 would be kind to this poor little wretch. 595 ‘My dog,’ said Sniffer, smiling for the first time. ‘I left her behind 596 because she sometimes goes for hens, and Captain Johnson, 597 he doesn’t like that.’ 598 ‘I bet he doesn’t,’ said Julian. ‘All right, that’s settled then. You 599 can come for Clip, or Clop, or whatever your horse is called, 600 tomorrow, and we’ll see if it’s fit to walk.’ 601 ‘I’m glad,’ said Sniffer, rubbing his nose. ‘I don’t want Clip to go 602 lame, see? But my father, he’s fierce, he is.’ 603 ‘So we gather,’ said Julian, looking at a bruise on Sniffer’s 604 face. ‘You come tomorrow and you can show us some of the 605 patrins, the messages, that you gypsies use. We’d like to know 606 some.’ 607 ‘I’ll come,’ promised Sniffer, nodding his head vigorously. ‘And 608 you will come to see my caravan? I shall be all alone there, 609 except for Liz.’ 610

584 (to) – shrink away (to) – recuar, acobardar-se, fugir, esquivar-se 586 pour out (to) – jorrar, sair aos borbotões 587 so much as - nem sequer 588 slouch away (to) – afastar-se com aspecto e modos desleixados ou desmazelados 604 gather (to) – compreender, concluir, inferir, deduzir

Page 24: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

24

‘Well, I suppose it would be something to do,’ said Dick. ‘Yes, 611 we’ll come. I hope it’s not too smelly.’ 612 ‘Smelly?’ said Sniffer, surprised. ‘I don’t know. I will show you 613 patrins there and Liz will show you her tricks. She is very very 614 clever. Once she belonged to a circus.’ 615 ‘We must certainly take Timmy to see this clever dog,’ said 616 Anne, patting Timmy, who had been hunting for rabbits and 617 had only just come back. ‘Timmy, would you like to go and visit 618 a very clever dog called Liz?’ 619 ‘Woof,’ said Timmy, wagging his tail politely. 620 ‘Right,’ said Dick. ‘I’m glad you approve, Tim. We’ll all try and 621 come tomorrow, Sniffer, after you’ve been to see how Clip is 622 getting on. I don’t somehow think you’ll be able to have him 623 then, though. We’ll see!’ 624 625 626 Chapter Four 627 628 A BED IN THE STABLE 629 630 The boys slept in one of the stables that night. Captain 631 Johnson said they could either have mattresses sent out, or 632 could sleep in the straw, with rugs. 633 ‘Oh, straw and rugs, please,’ said Julian. ‘That’s fine. We’ll be 634 as snug as anything with those.’ 635 ‘I wish Anne and I could sleep in a stable too,’ said George, 636 longingly. ‘We never have. Can’t we, Captain Johnson?’ 637

612 smelly (adj) – mal cheiroso 621 try (to) – esforçar-se, procurar conseguir 635 snug (adj) – confortável, aconchegado

Page 25: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

25

‘No. You’ve got beds that you’re paying for,’ said the Captain. 638 ‘Anyway, girls can’t do that sort of thing, not even girls who try 639 to be boys, George!’ 640 ‘I’ve often slept in a stable,’ said Henrietta. ‘At home when 641 we’ve too many visitors, I always turn out and sleep in the 642 straw.’ 643 ‘Bad luck on the horses!’ said George. 644 ‘Why?’ demanded Henry at once. 645 ‘Because you must keep them awake all night with your 646 snoring!’ said George. 647 Henry snorted crossly and went out. It was maddening that she 648 should snore at night, but she simply couldn’t help it. 649 ‘Never mind!’ George called after her. ‘It’s a nice manly snore, 650 Henrietta!’ 651 ‘Shut up, George,’ said Dick, rather shocked at this sudden 652 display of pettiness on George’s part. 653 ‘Don’t tell me to shut up,’ said George. ‘Tell Henrietta!’ 654 ‘George, don’t be an ass,’ said Julian. But George didn’t like 655 that either, and stalked out of the room in just the same stiff, 656 offended way that Henry had done! 657 ‘Oh dear!’ said Anne. ‘It’s been like this all the time. First 658 Henry, then George, then George, then Henry! They really are 659 a couple of idiots!’ 660 She went to see where the boys were to sleep. They had been 661 told to use a small stable, empty except for the gypsy’s horse 662 that lay patiently down, its bandaged leg stretched out on the 663 floor. Anne patted it and stroked it. It was an ugly little thing but 664 its patient brown eyes were lovely. 665

648 snort (to) – bufar de indignação, resfolegar, resmungar 648 crossly (adv) – zangado, de mau humor 648 maddening (adj) – desesperante, exasperante 650 manly (adj) – masculino, próprio de homem 653 display (s) – exibição, ostentação 653 pettiness (s) – mesquinhice (insignificância, ninharia) 656 stalk out (to) – caminhar de maneira pomposa, dar passos largos 656 stiff (adj) – emproado, pretensioso

Page 26: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

26

The boys had heaps of straw to burrow into, and some old 666 rugs. Anne thought it all looked lovely. ‘You can wash and 667 everything at the house,’ she said. ‘Then just slip over here to 668 sleep. Doesn’t it smell nice? All straw and hay and horse! I 669 hope that gypsy’s horse won’t disturb you. He may be a bit 670 restless if his leg hurts him.’ 671 ‘Nothing will disturb us tonight!’ said Julian. ‘What with camp-672 life and open-air and wind-on-the-hills and all that kind of thing, 673 we’re sure to sleep like logs. I think we’re going to enjoy it 674 here, Anne, very quiet and peaceful!’ 675 George looked in at the door. ‘I’ll lend you Timmy, if you like,’ 676 she said, anxious to make up for her display of temper. 677 ‘Oh, hallo, George! No thanks. I don’t particularly want old Tim 678 climbing over me all night long, trying to find the softest part of 679 me to sleep on!’ said Julian. ‘I say, look, he’s showing me how 680 to make a good old burrow to sleep in! Hey, Tim, come out of 681 my straw!’ 682 Timmy had flung himself into the straw and was turning 683 vigorously round and round in it as if he were making a bed for 684 himself. He stood and looked up at them, his mouth open and 685 his tongue hanging out at one side. 686 ‘He’s laughing,’ said Anne, and it did indeed look as if Timmy 687 was having a good old laugh at them. Anne gave him a hug 688 and he licked her lavishly, and then began to burrow round and 689 round in the straw again. 690 Someone came up, whistling loudly, and put her head in at the 691 door. ‘I’ve brought you a couple of old pillows. Mrs Johnson 692 said you’d better have something for your heads.’ 693

669 hay (s) - feno 674 log (s) – tronco, cepo, toro 677 make up for (to) – compensar, servir como compensação de 681 burrow (s) – toca, cova, lura 689 lavishly (adv) – generosamente, prodigamente

Page 27: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

27

‘Oh thanks awfully, Henry,’ said Julian, taking them. 694 ‘How kind of you, Henrietta,’ said George. 695 ‘It’s a pleasure, Georgina,’ said Henry, and the boys burst out 696 laughing. Fortunately the supper-bell went just then and they 697 all went across the yard at once. Somehow everyone was 698 always hungry at the stables! 699 The girls looked very different in the evening, because they 700 had to change out of their dirty, smelly jodhpurs or breeches 701 and put on dresses. Anne, Henry and George hurried to 702 change before Mrs Johnson rang the supperbell again. She 703 always gave them ten minutes’ grace, knowing that they might 704 sometimes have a job to finish with the horses, but everyone 705 was supposed to be at the table when the second supper-bell 706 had finished ringing. 707 George looked nice, because her curly hair went with a skirt 708 and blouse quite well, but Henry looked quite wrong, 709 somehow, in her frilly dress. 710 ‘You look like a boy dressed up!’ said Anne, and this pleased 711 Henry, but not George. The talk at the suppertable was mainly 712 about all the wonderful things that Henry had done in her life. 713 Apparently she had three brothers and did everything with 714 them, and according to her own tales, she was considerably 715 better than they were! 716 They had sailed a ship up to Norway. They had hiked from 717 London to York. 718 ‘Was Dick Turpin with you?’ inquired George, sarcastically. ‘On 719 his horse, Black Bess? I expect you got there long before him, 720 didn’t you?’ 721

701 breeches (s) – calças de montar 708 go with (to) – combinar com, condizer com 708 skirt (s) - saia 710 frilly (adj) – com folhos 712 mainly (adv) – principalmente, sobretudo 717 hike (to) – fazer grandes trajectos a pé, fazer caminhadas

Page 28: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

28

Henry took no notice. She went on with wonderful tales of her 722 family’s exploits, swimming across wide rivers, climbing 723 Snowdon to the top, goodness, there wasn’t a single thing she 724 didn’t seem to have done! 725 ‘You certainly ought to have been a boy, Henry,’ said Mrs 726 Johnson, which was exactly what Henry wanted everyone to 727 say! 728 ‘Henry, when you’ve told us the story of how you climbed 729 Mount Everest and got there before anyone else, perhaps you 730 would finish your plateful,’ said Captain Johnson, who got very 731 tired of Henry’s tongue. 732 George roared with laughter, not that she thought it was very 733 funny, but because she loved any chance to laugh at Henry. 734 Henry tackled the rest of her food at top speed. How she did 735 love to hold everyone spellbound with her extraordinary tales! 736 George didn’t believe a word, but Dick and Julian thought it 737 quite likely that this tall, wiry girl could do things just as well as 738 her brothers. 739 There were a few jobs to be done after supper, and Henry kept 740 well away from George, knowing quite well that she would 741 have a few cutting things to say. Well, she didn’t care! 742 Everyone else thought she was marvellous! She tore off her 743 frilly dress and put on jodhpurs again, although it would only be 744 a short time before they all went to bed. 745 George and Anne went with the boys to their stable. They were 746 in pyjamas and dressing-gowns, both yawning as they went. 747 ‘Got your torches?’ said George. ‘We’re not allowed to have 748 candles in the stables, because of the straw, you know. Good 749

723 exploit (s) – proeza, façanha 731 plateful (s) – pratada, prato cheio 735 tackle (to) – atacar (enfrentar, procurar resolver, dominar, combater) 736 spellbound (adj) – enfeitiçado, encantado 738 wiry (adj) – rijo, resistente, duro 738 As well as – tão bem como… 740 job (s) – tarefa, obrigação (emprego, ocupação, trabalho, colocação) 743 tear off (to) – tirar à pressa roupas (arrancar) 747 dressing-gown (s) – roupão

Page 29: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

29

night! Sleep well! And I hope that that fathead of a Henry 750 doesn’t come along early in the morning, whistling like a paper-751 boy, and wake you up!’ 752 ‘Nothing will wake me up tonight, nothing at all!’ said Julian, 753 with a huge yawn. He lay down in the straw and pulled an old 754 rug over him. ‘Oh, what a bed! Give me stable straw every time 755 to sleep in!’ 756 The girls laughed. The boys really did look very comfortable. 757 ‘Sleep tight,’ said Anne, and walked off with George to the 758 house. 759 Soon all the lights were out everywhere. Henry was asleep and 760 snoring as usual. She had to have a separate room, otherwise 761 she kept everyone awake! But even so, Anne and George 762 could hear her, snoring away - rrrumph - rrrumph! rrrumph - 763 RRRRUMPH! 764 ‘Blow Henrietta!’ said George, sleepily. ‘What a row she 765 makes. Anne, she’s not to come with us when we go riding 766 tomorrow. Do you hear, Anne?’ 767 ‘Not very well,’ murmured Anne, trying to open her eyes. ‘G’ 768 night, George!’ 769 Timmy was on George’s feet as usual. He lay snuggled there, 770 eyes shut and ears asleep too. He got as tired as everyone 771 else, running over the hills all day, scrabbling at scores of 772 rabbit-holes, chasing dozens of remarkably fleet-footed rabbits. 773 But at night he too slept like a log. 774 Out in the stable the two boys slept peacefully, covered by the 775 old rug. Nearby the little skewbald horse moved restlessly, but 776 they heard nothing. An owl came swooping over the stable, 777

750 fathead (adj) – cretino, estúpido, idiota 772 scrabble (to) – raspar, arranhar, escarafunchar 773 fleet (adj) – rápido, veloz, célere 777 owl (s) – coruja 777 swoop (to) – cair de súbito sobre a presa, atacar violentamente

Page 30: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

30

looking for mice down below. It screeched loudly, hoping to 778 scare a mouse into sudden flight. Then it would swoop down 779 and take it into its talons. 780 Not even the screech awakened the boys. They slept 781 dreamlessly, tired out. 782 The door of the stable was shut and latched. Clip, the horse, 783 suddenly stirred and looked round at the door. The latch was 784 moving! Someone was lifting it from the outside. Clip’s pricked 785 ears heard the sound of a little shuffle. 786 He watched the door. Who was coming? He hoped it was 787 Sniffer, the boy he liked so much. Sniffer was always kind to 788 him. He didn’t like being away from Sniffer. He listened for the 789 sniff-sniff that always went with the little gypsy boy, but he 790 didn’t hear it. 791 The door opened very slowly indeed. It gave no creak. Clip 792 saw the night sky outside, set with stars. He made out a figure 793 outlined against the darkness of the starry night, a black 794 shadow. 795 Someone came into the stable, and whispered ‘Clip!’ 796 The horse gave a little whinny. It wasn’t Sniffer’s voice. It was 797 his father’s. Clip did not like him, he was too free with cuffs and 798 kicks, and slashes with the whip. He lay still, wondering why 799 the gypsy had come. 800 The man had no idea that Dick and Julian were sleeping in the 801 stable. He had come in quietly because he had thought there 802 might be other horses there, and he did not want to startle 803 them and make them stamp about in fright. He had no torch, 804

778 screech (to) – guinchar chiar com som muito agudo 780 talon (s) – presa, garra 783 latch (to) – fechar com trinco 786 shuffle (s) – maneira de caminhar arrastando os pés 794 starry (adj) – estrelado, semeado de estrelas

Page 31: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

31

but his keen gypsy’s eyes made out Clip at once, lying in his 805 straw. 806 He tiptoed across to him and fell over Julian’s feet, sticking out 807 from the straw bed he was lying on. He fell with a thud, and 808 Julian sat up very suddenly indeed, awake at once. 809 ‘Who’s there! What is it?’ 810 The gypsy shrank down beside Clip, keeping silent. Julian 811 began to wonder if he had been dreaming. But his foot 812 distinctly hurt him. Surely somebody had trodden on it, or fallen 813 over it? He woke Dick. 814 ‘Where’s the torch? Hello, look, the stable door is open! Quick, 815 Dick, where on earth is the torch?’ 816 They found it at last and Julian clicked it on. At first he saw 817 nothing, for the gypsy was in Clip’s stall, lying down behind the 818 horse. Then the torch picked him out. 819 ‘Hallo! Look there - it’s that gypsy, Sniffer’s father!’ said Julian. 820 ‘Get up, you! What on earth are you doing here, in the middle 821 of the night?’ 822 823

811 shrink (to) – esquivar-se, recuar, encolher-se 813 tread (to) – pisar, calcar 818 stall (s) – cocheira, estábulo 819 pick out (to) – realçar, destacar, localizar

Page 32: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

32

Chapter Five 824 825 GEORGE GETS A HEADACHE! 826 827 The man got up sullenly. His ear-rings shone in the light of the 828 torch. ‘I came to get Clip,’ he said. ‘He’s my horse, isn’t he?’ 829 ‘You were told he wasn’t fit to walk yet,’ said Julian. ‘Do you 830 want him to go lame for life? You ought to know enough about 831 horses to know when one can be worked or not!’ 832 ‘I’ve got my orders,’ said the man. ‘I’ve got to take my caravan 833 with the others.’ 834 ‘Who said so?’ said Dick, scornfully. 835 ‘Barney Boswell,’ said the man. ‘He’s boss of our lot here. 836 We’ve got to start off together tomorrow.’ 837 ‘But why?’ said Julian, puzzled. ‘What’s so urgent about all 838 this? What’s the mystery?’ 839 ‘There ain’t no mystery,’ said the man, still sullen. ‘We’re just 840 going to the moor.’ 841 ‘What are you going to do there?’ asked Dick, curiously. ‘It 842 doesn’t seem to me to be the place to take a lot of caravans to. 843 There’s nothing there at all, is there? Or so I’ve heard.’ 844 The man shrugged his shoulders and said nothing. He turned 845 to Clip as if to get him up. But Julian rapped out at him at once, 846 ‘Oh no, you don’t! If you don’t care about injuring a horse, I do! 847 You’ve only got to be patient for a day or two more, and he’ll 848 be quite all right. You’re not to take him tonight. Dick, go and 849 wake Captain Johnson. He’ll know what to do.’ 850

845 shrug (to) – encolher os ombros 846 rap out (to) – dizer secamente

Page 33: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

33

‘No,’ said the man, scowling. ‘Don’t go waking anybody. I’ll go. 851 But just you see that Clip is given to Sniffer as soon as it’s 852 possible, or I’ll know the reason why! See?’ 853 He looked at Julian in a threatening way. 854 ‘Take that scowl off your face,’ said Julian. ‘I’m glad you’ve 855 seen sense. Clear out now. Go off with the others tomorrow 856 and I’ll see that Sniffer has the horse in a short time.’ 857 The man moved to the door and slid out like a shadow. Julian 858 went to watch him across the yard, wondering whether, out of 859 spite, the man might try to steal a hen, or one of the ducks 860 sleeping beside the pond. 861 But there was no sudden clucking, no loud quack. The man 862 had gone as silently as he had come. 863 ‘Most peculiar, all this!’ said Julian, latching the door again. He 864 tied a piece of thick string over it his side, so that it could not 865 be lifted from outside. ‘There! Now if the gypsy comes again, 866 he’ll find he can’t get in. What a nerve, coming here in the 867 middle of the night like that!’ 868 He got back into the straw. ‘He must have fallen right over my 869 foot,’ he said, snuggling down. ‘He woke me up with an awful 870 jump. Good thing for Clip that we were sleeping out here 871 tonight, or he’d be dragging along a heavy cart tomorrow, and 872 going lame again. I don’t like that fellow!’ 873 He fell asleep again and so did Dick. Clip slept too, his leg 874 feeling easier. How glad he had been that day not to have to 875 drag along the heavy caravan! 876 The boys told Captain Johnson next morning about the gypsy’s 877 midnight visit. He nodded. ‘Yes, I ought to have warned you 878

855 take off (to) – tirar, retirar 859 from spite/out of spite - por despeito; 861 pond (s) – lago artificial, tanque 862 cluck (to) – cacarejar 862 quack (s) – quá-quá, grasnido de pato 867 nerve (s) – coragem, descaramento, audácia

Page 34: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

34

that he might come. They’re not always very good to their 879 horses. Well, I’m glad you sent him off. I don’t reckon Clip’s leg 880 will be ready for walking on till the day after tomorrow. There’s 881 no harm in giving the poor creature a few days’ rest. Sniffer 882 can easily take the caravan on after the others.’ 883 It looked as if that day was going to be fun. After all the horses 884 had been seen to, and many odd jobs done, the four, with 885 Timmy, planned to set out for a day’s ride. Captain Johnson 886 said he would let Julian ride his own sturdy cob and Dick took 887 a bonny chestnut horse with four white socks. The girls had the 888 horses they usually rode. 889 Henry hung about, looking very mournful. The boys felt quite 890 uncomfortable. ‘We really ought to tell her to come along too,’ 891 said Dick to Julian. ‘It seems jolly mean to leave her behind 892 with those little kids.’ 893 ‘Yes, I know. I agree with you,’ said Julian. ‘Anne, come here! 894 Can’t you suggest to George that we take Henry too? She’s 895 longing to come, I know.’ 896 ‘Yes. She is,’ said Anne. ‘I feel awful about it. But George will 897 be mad if we ask Henry. They really do get across one 898 another. I simply daren’t ask George to let Henry come, Ju.’ 899 ‘But this is silly!’ said Julian. ‘To think we don’t dare to ask 900 George to let somebody come! George will have to learn 901 sense. I like Henry. She’s boastful, and I don’t believe half the 902 tales she tells, but she’s a sport and good fun. Hey, Henry!’ 903 ‘Coming!’ yelled Henry, and came running, looking very 904 hopeful. 905

883 take on (to) – realizar, levar a cabo, aceitar uma responsabilidade 885 see to (to) – tratar de, ocupar-se de 885 odd (adj) – de sobra, excedente, ocasional, acidental, não regular, casual (núm. Ímpar, sem par, estranho, extravagante) 886 set out (to) – partir em passeio ou viagem 887 sturdy (adj) – forte, robusto, vigoroso 887 cob (s) – garrano, cavalo de sela de perna curta e corpulento, cavalo pequeno mas robusto 888 bonny (adj) – gentil, galante 888 chestnut (adj) – cavalo alazão ou côr de canela, cavalo castanho, alazão significa cavalo castanho 890 hang about (to) – vaguear, andar por ali 890 mournful (adj) – melancólico, triste 892 mean (adj) – mau, mauzinho, maldoso 896 long (to) – desejar ardentemente, ansiar, suspirar 902 boastful (adj) - gabarola

Page 35: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

35

‘Would you like to come with us?’ said Julian. ‘We’re all going 906 off'for the day. Have you got any jobs to do, or can you come?’ 907 ‘Can I come! Rather,’ said Henry, joyfully. ‘But - does George 908 know?’ 909 ‘I’ll soon tell her,’ said Julian, and went in search of George. 910 She was helping Mrs Johnson to get saddle-bags ready, full of 911 food. 912 ‘George,’ said Julian, boldly. ‘Henry is coming too. Will there be 913 enough food for everyone?’ 914 ‘Oh! How nice of you to ask her!’ said Mrs Johnson, sounding 915 very pleased. ‘She’s dying to come. She’s been so good this 916 week, too, while we’ve been shorthanded. She deserves a 917 treat. Isn’t that nice, George?’ 918 George muttered something peculiar and went out of the room, 919 her face scarlet. Julian stared after her, his eyebrows cocked in 920 a comical manner. 921 ‘I don’t somehow feel that George thinks it’s nice,’ he said. ‘I 922 feel as if we are in for an awkward day, Mrs Johnson.’ 923 ‘Oh, don’t take any notice of George when she’s silly,’ said Mrs 924 Johnson, comfortably, filling another paper bag with delicious-925 looking sandwiches. ‘And don’t take any notice of Henry, 926 either, when she’s idiotic. There! If you get through all this 927 food, I shall be surprised!’ 928 William, one of the younger ones, came in just then. ‘What a lot 929 of food you’ve given them,’ he said. ‘Will there be enough left 930 for us to have today?’ 931

911 saddlebag (s) – alforge 918 treat (s) – divertimento, festa, convite 923 awkward (adj) – incómodo, inconveniente 927 get through (to) – acabar, terminar, usar, gastar

Page 36: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

36

‘Good gracious, yes!’ said Mrs Johnson. ‘You think of nothing 932 but your tummy, William! Go and find George and tell her the 933 food is ready for her to put into the saddle-bags.’ 934 William disappeared and then came back. ‘George says she’s 935 got a headache and doesn’t think she’ll go on the ride,’ he 936 announced. 937 Julian looked startled and upset. ‘Now you listen to me, Julian,’ 938 said Mrs Johnson, beginning to insert the parcels of food 939 carefully into the saddle-bags, ‘just you leave her to her 940 imaginary headache. Don’t go fussing round her, and begging 941 her to come and saying you won’t have Henry. Just believe 942 quite firmly in her headache, and go off by yourselves. It’s the 943 quickest way to make George see sense, believe me!’ 944 ‘Yes. I think you’re right,’ said Julian, frowning. To think that 945 George should behave like a sulky little girl, after all the 946 adventures they had been through together! Just because of 947 Henry. It really was absurd. 948 ‘Where is George!’ he said to William. 949 ‘Up in her room,’ said William, who had been engrossed in 950 picking up and eating all the crumbs he could. Julian went out 951 of the room and into the yard. He knew which window 952 belonged to the room where George and Anne slept. He yelled 953 up. 954 ‘I say, George! Sorry about your headache, old thing! Sure you 955 don’t feel like coming?’ 956 ‘No!’ came back an answering shout, and the window was shut 957 down with a slam. 958

950 engross (to) – ocupar, entreter 956 feel like (to) – apetecer, sentir-se disposto a

Page 37: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

37

‘Righto! Awfully disappointed and all that!’ shouted Julian. ‘Do 959 hope your head will soon be better! See you later!’ 960 No other reply came from the window, but, as Julian went 961 across the yard to the stables, a very surprised face watched 962 him go, from behind the bedroom curtains. George was 963 extremely astonished to have been taken at her word, shocked 964 at being left behind after all, and angry with Henry and 965 everyone else for putting her into this fix! 966 Julian told the others that George had a headache and wasn’t 967 coming. Anne was most concerned and wanted to go and 968 comfort her but Julian forbade her to. 969 ‘No. She’s up in her room. Leave her alone, Anne. That’s an 970 order - see?’ 971 ‘All right,’ said Anne, half-relieved. She felt sure that George’s 972 headache was mostly temper, and she didn’t at all want to go 973 and argue with her for half an hour. Henry hadn’t said a word. 974 She had flushed with surprise when Julian had announced that 975 George was not coming, and she knew at once that there was 976 no real headache! She was George’s headache, she knew 977 that! 978 She went up to Julian. ‘Look, I guess it’s because you’ve 979 asked me to come, that Georgina won’t come with us. I don’t 980 want to spoil things. You go and tell her I’m not going after all.’ 981 Julian looked at Henry gratefully. ‘That’s jolly nice of you,’ he 982 said. ‘But we’re taking George at her word. Anyway, we didn’t 983 ask you out of politeness. We wanted you to come!’ 984 ‘Thanks,’ said Henry. ‘Well, let’s go before anything else 985 happens! Our horses are ready. I’ll fix the saddle-bags.’ 986

964 be taken at her word (to) – tomar à letra 966 fix (s) – enrascada, encrenca 968 concern (to) – preocupar, perturbar 973 mostly (adv) – sobretudo, principalmente 974 argue (to) – discutir, argumentar 975 flush (to) – corar subitamente, enrubescer 982 gratefully (adv) - com reconhecimento, com gratidão 984 ask out (to) – convidar para sair

Page 38: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

38

Soon all four were on their horses, and were walking over the 987 yard to the gate. George heard the clippity-clop-clippity-clop of 988 the hooves and peeped out of the window again. They were 989 going after all! She hadn’t thought they really would go without 990 her. She was horrified. 991 Why did I behave like that? I’ve put myself in the wrong! 992 thought poor George. Now Henrietta will be with them all day 993 and will be as nice as possible, just to show me up. What an 994 ass I am! ‘Timmy, I’m an ass and an idiot, and a great big 995 fathead! Aren’t I?’ 996 Timmy didn’t think so. He had been puzzled to hear the others 997 going off without him and George, and had gone to the door 998 and whined. Now he came back to George and put his head 999 on her knee. He knew George was not happy. 1000 ‘You don’t care how I behave, do you, Tim?’ said George, 1001 stroking the soft, furry head. ‘That’s the best of a dog! You 1002 don’t care if I’m in the wrong or not, you just love me all the 1003 same, don’t you? Well, you shouldn’t love me today, Tim. I’ve 1004 been an idiot!’ 1005 There was a knock at her door. It was William again. ‘George! 1006 Mrs Johnson says, if your headache is bad, undress and get 1007 into bed. But if it’s better, come down and help with Clip, the 1008 gypsy’s horse.’ 1009 ‘I’ll come down,’ said George, flinging away her sulks at one 1010 go. ‘Tell Mrs Johnson I’ll go to the stable at once.’ 1011 ‘All right,’ said the stolid William, and trotted off like a reliable 1012 little pony. 1013

989 hoof (s) – casco 990 after all – no fim de contas, afinal 994 show up (to) – envergonhar, embaraçar 996 fathead (s) – cretino, estúpido, idiota 1002 furry (adj) - peludo 1010 fling away (to) – deitar fora ou deitar pela janela fora 1010 sulk (s) – amuo, mau humor, aborrecimento, enfado 1010 at one go - de uma só vez; 1012 stolid (adj) – calmo, imperturbável 1012 reliable (adj) – de confiança, fidedigno, seguro, certo

Page 39: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

39

George went downstairs with Timmy, and into the yard. She 1014 wondered how far the others had gone. She couldn’t see them 1015 in the distance. Would they have a good day together, with that 1016 horrid Henry? Ugh! 1017 The others were almost a mile away, cantering easily. What 1018 fun! A whole day before them, on Mystery Moor! 1019 1020 1021 Chapter Six 1022 1023 A GRAND DAY 1024 1025 I think it’s got a jolly good name, Mystery Moor,’ said Dick, as 1026 the four of them went along. ‘Look at it stretching for miles, all 1027 blazing with gorse.’ 1028 ‘I don’t think it looks at all mysterious,’ said Henry, surprised. 1029 ‘Well, it’s got a sort of quietness and broodiness,’ said Anne. 1030 ‘As if something big happened long ago in the past and it’s 1031 waiting for something to happen again.’ 1032 ‘Quiet and broody? It sounds like one of the farmyard hens 1033 sitting on her eggs!’ said Henry with a laugh. ‘I think it might be 1034 a bit frightening and mysterious at night, but it’s just an 1035 ordinary stretch of country in the day-time, fine for riding over. I 1036 can’t think why it’s called Mystery Moor.’ 1037 ‘We’ll have to look it up in some book that tells about this part 1038 of the country,’ said Dick. ‘I expect it was called that because 1039 of some queer happenings or other, hundreds of years ago, 1040 when people believed in witches and things like that.’ 1041

1018 canter (to) – galopar, brandamente 1030 broodiness (s) – melancolia, tristeza, solidão 1033 broody (adj) – melancólico, triste, solitário (de galinha que choca ovos ou está a chocar, ou galinha que está ‘choca’)

Page 40: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

40

They followed no road or path, but rode where they pleased. 1042 There were great stretches of wiry grass, masses of heather 1043 springing up afresh, and, blazing its gold everywhere on this 1044 lovely April day, was the gorse. 1045 Anne sniffed continually as they rode past the gorse bushes. 1046 Dick looked at her. 1047 ‘You sound like Sniffer!’ he said. ‘Have you got a cold?’ 1048 Anne laughed. ‘No, of course not. But I do so love the smell of 1049 the gorse. What does it smell of? Vanilla? Hot coconut? It’s a 1050 lovely warm smell!’ 1051 ‘Look! What’s that moving over there?’ said Julian, suddenly 1052 reining in his horse. They all strained their eyes to see. 1053 ‘Why, it’s caravans!’ said Julian, at last. ‘Of course! They were 1054 setting out today, weren’t they? Well, they must find it very 1055 rough going, that’s all I can say. There’s no real road 1056 anywhere, as far as I can see.’ 1057 ‘Where can they be going?’ wondered Anne. ‘What’s over in 1058 that direction?’ 1059 ‘They’ll come to the coast if they keep on the way they are 1060 going,’ said Julian, considering. ‘Let’s ride over and have a 1061 look at them, shall we?’ 1062 ‘Yes. Good idea!’ said Dick. So they turned their horses’ heads 1063 to the right, and rode towards the faraway caravans. These 1064 made quite a splash of colour as they went along. There were 1065 four of them - two red ones, a blue one and a yellow one. They 1066 went very slowly indeed, each pulled by a small, wiry horse. 1067

1043 wiry (adj) – resistente (duro, rijo) 1044 spring up (to) – o nascer ou o brotar de uma planta 1044 afresh (adv) – de novo, outra vez 1045 gorse (s) – giesta, tojo, etc. 1050 coconut (s) - coco 1053 rein in (to) – obrigar o cavalo a seguir a passo (guiar com rédeas, dominar, controlar, manter firme, reprimir) 1061 ride over somebody (to) – ultrapassar alguém (passar por cima de alguém; triunfar sobre alguém) 1067 wiry (adj) – resistente

Page 41: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

41

‘They all look like skewbalds, brown and white,’ said Dick. ‘It’s 1068 funny that so many gypsies have skewbald horses. I wonder 1069 why it is?’ 1070 They heard shouting as they came near the caravans, and saw 1071 one man pointing them out to another. It was Sniffer’s father! 1072 ‘Look, that’s the fellow who woke us up in the stable last night,’ 1073 said Julian to Dick. ‘Sniffer’s father! What a nasty bit of work he 1074 is! Why doesn’t he get a haircut?’ 1075 ‘Good morning!’ called Dick, as they rode up to the caravans 1076 on their horses. ‘Nice day!’ 1077 There was no answer. The gypsies driving their caravans and 1078 those walking alongside, looked sourly at the four riders. 1079 ‘Where are you going?’ asked Henry. ‘To the coast?’ 1080 ‘It’s naught to do with you,’ said one of the gypsies, an old man 1081 with curly grey hair. 1082 ‘Surly folk, aren’t they?’ said Dick to Julian. ‘I suppose they 1083 think we’re spying on them, or something. I wonder how they 1084 manage about food on this moor, no shops or anything. I 1085 suppose they take it all with them.’ 1086 ‘I’ll ask them,’ said Henry, not at all put off by the surly looks. 1087 She rode right up to Sniffer’s father. 1088 ‘How do you manage about food, and water?’ she asked. 1089 ‘We got food there,’ said Snifler’s father, jerking his head back 1090 towards one of the caravans. ‘As for water, we know where the 1091 springs are.’ 1092 ‘Are you camping on the moor for a long time?’ asked Henry, 1093 thinking that a gypsy’s life might be a fine one, for a time! 1094 Fancy living out here on this lovely moor with gorse blazing 1095

1075 haircut (s) – corte de cabelo, penteado 1079 sour (adj) – maldisposto, carrancudo, irritado, irascível 1083 surly (adj) – mal-humorado, carrancudo, grosseiro 1087 put off (to) – desencorajar, incomodar, desconcertar 1094 for a time - durante algum tempo; há algum tempo

Page 42: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

42

gold all around, and primroses by the thousand in the 1096 sheltered corners! 1097 1098 ‘That’s naught to do with you!’ shouted the old man with curly 1099 grey hair. ‘You clear off and let us alone!’ 1100 ‘Come on, Henry,’ said Julian, swinging round to go off. ‘They 1101 don’t like us asking them questions. They think it’s prying, not 1102 interest. Maybe they have lots of things to hide, and don’t want 1103 us poking around - one or two chickens from a farm, a duck or 1104 so from some pond. They live from hand to mouth, these folk.’ 1105 Some dark-eyed children peered from the vans as they went 1106 by. One or two were running outside, but they sheered off like 1107 frightened rabbits when Henry cantered towards them. 1108 ‘Oh well, they simply don’t want to be friendly,’ she said, and 1109 went to join the other three. ‘What a strange life they lead, in 1110 their houses on wheels! Never staying anywhere for long, 1111 always on the move. Get up, there, Sultan. Go after the 1112 others!’ 1113 Her horse obediently followed the other three, taking care not 1114 to step into any rabbit-holes! What fun it was to be out here in 1115 the sunshine, jogging up and down on a horse’s back, without 1116 a care in the world! Henry was very happy. 1117 The other three were enjoying their day, but they were not 1118 quite so happy. They kept wondering about George. They 1119 missed Timmy too. He should be trotting beside them, enjoying 1120 the day as well! 1121 They lost sight of the caravans after a time. Julian kept track of 1122 the way they went, half-afraid of being lost. He had a compass 1123

1102 pry (to) – intrometer-se, meter o nariz, espiar, espreitar, bisbilhotar 1103 interest (s) – interesse, simpatia, atenção 1105 live (from) hand to mouth (to) - viver do dia a dia; gastar o que se ganha sem pensar no futuro; 1107 sheer off (to) – desviar-se, fugir, pôr-se a andar 1112 get up (to) – acordar, despertar

Page 43: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

43

with him, and checked their direction continually. ‘It would 1124 never do to have to spend a night out here!’ he said. ‘Nobody 1125 would ever find us!’ 1126 They had a magnificent lunch about half-past twelve. Really, 1127 Mrs Johnson had surpassed herself! Egg and sardine 1128 sandwiches, tomato and lettuce, ham - there seemed no end 1129 to them! Great slices of cherry cake were added too, and a 1130 large, juicy pear each. 1131 ‘I like this kind of cherry cake,’ said Dick, looking at his 1132 enormous slice. ‘The cherries have all gone to the bottom. 1133 They make a very nice last mouthful!’ 1134 ‘Any drinks?’ said Henry, and was handed a bottle of ginger-1135 beer. She drank it thirstily. 1136 ‘Why does ginger-beer taste so nice on a picnic?’ she said. 1137 ‘Much nicer than drinking it sitting down in a shop, even if it’s 1138 got ice in it!’ 1139 ‘There’s a spring or something nearby,’ said Julian. ‘I can hear 1140 it bubbling.’ 1141 They all listened. Yes, there was a little bubbling, tinkling 1142 noise. Anne got up to trace it. She found it in a few minutes 1143 and called the others. There was a round pool, cool and blue, 1144 lying two or three feet down, and into it, from one side, fell a 1145 crystal clear spring of water, tinkling as it fell. 1146 ‘One of the springs that the gypsies use, when they travel this 1147 deserted moor, I expect,’ said Julian. He cupped his hands 1148 under the falling water and got his palms full. He carried the 1149 water to his mouth and sipped it. 1150 ‘Delicious! Cool as an ice-box,’ he said. ‘Taste it, Anne.’ 1151

1128 surpass (to) – exceder, ultrapassar 1131 pear (s) - pera 1134 mouthful (s) – bocado ou pedaço de comida que pode ser metido na boca duma só vez 1142 tinkling (adj) – que tilinta, que tem um tinir 1150 sip (to) – beber aos golinhos

Page 44: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

44

They rode a little farther, but the moor seemed the same 1152 everywhere, heather, wiry grass, gorse, a clear spring falling 1153 into a pool or tiny stream here and there, and a few trees, 1154 mostly silver birch. 1155 Larks sang all the time, soaring high in the air, almost too far 1156 up to see. 1157 ‘Their song falls down like raindrops,’ said Anne, holding out 1158 her hands as if to catch them. Henry laughed. She liked this 1159 family, and was very glad they had asked her to come out with 1160 them. She thought George was silly to have stayed at the 1161 stables. 1162 ‘I think we ought to go home,’ said Julian at last, looking at his 1163 watch. ‘We’re a good way away. Let me see now. We want to 1164 make more or less for the setting sun. Come on!’ 1165 He led the way, his horse picking its own path over the 1166 heather. The others followed. Dick stopped after a while. 1167 ‘Are you sure we’re quite right, Ju? I don’t somehow feel that 1168 we are. The moor is different here, rather sandy and not so 1169 much gorse.’ 1170 Julian stopped his horse and looked round and about. ‘Yes, it 1171 does look a bit different,’ he said. ‘But yet we seem to be going 1172 in the right direction. Let’s go a bit more to the west. If only 1173 there was something on the horizon to guide us. But this moor 1174 hasn’t a thing that stands out anywhere!’ 1175 They went on again, and then Henry gave an exclamation. ‘I 1176 say! What’s this? Do come here.’ 1177

1153 heather (s) - urze 1155 mostly (adv) – sobretudo, principalmente, em geral 1155 birch (s) – vidoeiro, bétula 1156 lark (s) – cotovia, calhandra 1156 soar (to) – voar a grande altura, 1156 almost (adv) – quase, praticamente

Page 45: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

45

The two boys and Anne swerved over to Henry. She was now 1178 off her horse, and was bending over, scraping away at the 1179 heather. 1180 ‘Look, it seems like rails, or something,’ said Henry. ‘Very old 1181 and rusty. But they can’t be, surely?’ 1182 Everyone was now down on their knees, scraping sand and 1183 heather away. Julian sat back and considered. 1184 ‘Yes, it’s rails. Old ones, as you say. But what in the world 1185 were rails laid down here for?’ 1186 ‘I can’t think,’ said Henry. ‘I only caught sight of them by 1187 chance, they’re so overgrown. I couldn’t believe my eyes!’ 1188 ‘They must lead from somewhere to somewhere!’ said Dick. 1189 ‘Perhaps there was a quarry, or something on the moor and 1190 they ran little engines with trucks there, to fetch the sand, and 1191 take it back to town to sell.’ 1192 ‘That’s about it,’ said Julian. ‘It’s very sandy here, as we 1193 noticed. Good, fine sand. Maybe there is a quarry on the moor. 1194 Well, that way, behind us goes right out on the moor, so this 1195 way must lead back to some town or village, probably Milling 1196 Green or somewhere like that.’ 1197 ‘Yes. You’re right,’ said Dick. ‘In which case, if we follow the 1198 lines along, we’ll get back to civilization sooner or later!’ 1199 ‘Well, seeing that we seem to be more or less lost, that would 1200 be quite a good idea!’ said Henry. She mounted her horse 1201 again and rode along the lines. 1202 ‘They’re fairly easy to see!’ she called. ‘If you ride between 1203 them, that is, because they go so straight.’ 1204

1178 swerve (to) – desviar-se, mudar de direcção 1195 go out (to) – sair, ir sair

Page 46: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

46

The lines ran steadily over the moor, sometimes very 1205 overgrown, and in about half an hour’s time Henry gave a cry 1206 and pointed forward. ‘Houses! I thought we’d soon come to 1207 some place!’ 1208 ‘It is Milling Green!’ said Julian, as the rails came to a sudden 1209 end, and they rode out into a small cart-road. 1210 ‘Well, we haven’t far to go now, to get to the stables,’ said 1211 Henry, pleased. ‘I say, wouldn’t it be fun to follow those lines 1212 all across the moor and see where they really lead to?’ 1213 ‘Yes. We might do that one day,’ said Julian. ‘Gosh, it’s getting 1214 late. I wonder how old George has been getting on today!’ 1215 They walked quickly along to the stables, thinking of George. 1216 Would she have retired to bed? Would she still be cross, or 1217 worse still, hurt and grieved? It was anybody’s guess! 1218 1219

1210 ride out (to) – aguentar até ao fim, passar a salvo, sobreviver a, superar 1218 grieved (adj) – entristecido, desolado

Page 47: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

47

Chapter Seven 1220 1221 GEORGE, SNIFFER AND LIZ 1222 1223 George had had quite an interesting day. First she had gone 1224 down to help Captain Johnson do Clip’s leg again and 1225 bandage it up. The little skewbald stood very patiently, and 1226 George felt a sudden liking for the ugly little creature. 1227 ‘Thanks, George,’ said Captain Johnson, who, to her relief, 1228 had said nothing about her not having gone riding with the 1229 others. ‘Now would you like to come and put jumps up for the 1230 youngsters? They’re longing to do some more jumping.’ 1231 George found that it was quite amusing to teach the younger 1232 ones how to jump. They were so very very proud of 1233 themselves when they went over even a foot-high jump on 1234 their little ponies. 1235 After that Sniffer arrived, accompanied by a peculiar little 1236 mongrel called Liz. Liz was a bit of a spaniel, a bit of a poodle, 1237 and odd bits of something else - and looked rather like a small, 1238 walking hearth-rug of black curly fur. 1239 Timmy was amazed to see this walking mat, and sat and 1240 watched Liz sniffing here and there for some time, before he 1241 came to the conclusion that it really was some kind of dog. He 1242 gave a sharp little bark to see what this comical creature would 1243 do when she heard it. 1244 Liz took no notice at all. She had unearthed a small bone, 1245 which smelt extremely interesting. Timmy considered that all 1246 bones within the radius of at least a mile, belonged to him and 1247

1230 put up (to) – montar, fixar, prender 1230 jump (s) - obstáculo 1236 peculiar (adj) – característico, típico 1239 hearth rug – tapete colocado em frente do lume 1240 mat (s) – capacho, tapete

Page 48: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

48

him alone. So he ran over to Liz at once and gave a small, 1248 warning growl. 1249 Liz immediately dropped the bone humbly at his feet, then sat 1250 up on her hind-legs and begged. Timmy eyed her in 1251 astonishment. Then Liz stood up on her hindlegs and walked 1252 daintily all round Timmy and back again. 1253 Timmy was astounded. He had never seen a dog do that 1254 before. Could this hearthrug affair be a dog after all? 1255 Liz saw that Timmy was really impressed, and went on with yet 1256 another trick she had learnt during the time she had been with 1257 the circus. 1258 She turned head-over-heels, yapping all the time. Timmy 1259 retreated a few steps into the bushes. This was going too far! 1260 What was this animal doing? Trying to stand on its head? 1261 Liz went on turning head-over-heels very rapidly and ended up 1262 almost on Timmy’s front paws. He had now backed into the 1263 bush as far as he could. 1264 Liz remained on her back, paws in air, tongue hanging out, 1265 panting. She gave a very small, beseeching whine. 1266 Timmy bent his head down and sniffed at her paws. Behind 1267 him his tail began to move a little, yes, it had a wag in it! He 1268 sniffed again. Liz leapt on to her four feet and pranced all 1269 round Timmy, yapping as if to say ‘Come on and play! Do 1270 come!’ 1271 And then suddenly Timmy fell upon the absurd little creature 1272 and pretended to worry it. Liz gave a delighted volley of yaps 1273 and rolled over and over. They had a marvellous game, and 1274 when it was all over, Timmy sank down panting for breath, in a 1275

1250 humbly (adv) – humildemente, modestamente 1253 daintily (adv) – com elegância, com delicadeza 1254 astound (to) – aturdir, espantar 1259 head over heels - a rebolar; de cabeça (completamente; impetuosamente) 1260 retreat (to) – recuar, retroceder 1266 beseeching (adj) – suplicante, implorante 1269 prance (to) – saltitar, fazer cabriolas, empinar-se 1273 pretend (to) – fingir, simular (pretender, tentar) 1273 worry (to) – morder, incomodar, aborrecer 1273 volley (s) – saraivada, chuva, torrente

Page 49: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

49

sunny corner of the yard and Liz settled herself between his 1276 front paws, as if she had known him all her life! 1277 When George came out of the stable with Sniffer, she could 1278 hardly believe her eyes. ‘What’s that Timmy’s got between his 1279 paws?’ she said. ‘It’s surely not a dog!’ 1280 ‘It’s Liz,’ said Sniffer. ‘She can get round any dog there is, 1281 Master George! Liz! You’re a monkey, aren’t you! Walk, then, 1282 walk!’ 1283 Liz left Timmy and ran over to Sniffer, walking daintily on her 1284 hind legs. George laughed. ‘What a funny little creature, like a 1285 bit cut out of a furry hearthrug!’ 1286 ‘She’s clever,’ said Sniffer and patted Liz. ‘Well, Master 1287 George, when can I have Clip, do you think? My father has 1288 gone off with the other caravans and he’s left me with ours. So 1289 it doesn’t matter whether it’s today or tomorrow, or even the 1290 next day.’ 1291 ‘Well, it won’t be today, that’s certain,’ said George, pleased 1292 that Sniffer called her Master George not Miss. ‘It might 1293 perhaps be tomorrow. Haven’t you got a hanky, Sniffer? I 1294 never on my life heard anyone sniff as often as you do.’ 1295 Sniffer rubbed his sleeve across his nose. ‘I never had no 1296 hanky,’ he said. ‘But I’ve got my sleeve, see?’ 1297 ‘I think you’re quite disgusting,’ said George. ‘I’m going to give 1298 you one of my own hankies, and you’re to use it. You’re not to 1299 keep sniffing like that.’ 1300 ‘Didn’t know I did,’ said Sniffer, half sulkily. ‘What’s it matter, 1301 anyway?’ 1302

1281 get round (to) – convencer, persuadir 1284 daintily (adv) – com elegância, com delicadeza 1298 disgusting (adj) – repugnante, nojento

Page 50: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

50

But George had gone indoors and up the stairs. She chose a 1303 large hanky, in red and white stripes. That would do nicely for 1304 Sniffer! She took it down to him. He looked at it in surprise. 1305 ‘That’s a scarf for my neck!’ he said. 1306 ‘No, it isn’t. It’s a hanky for your nose,’ said George. ‘Haven’t 1307 you a pocket to put it in? That’s right. Now, use it instead of 1308 sniffing, for goodness’ sake!’ 1309 ‘Where are the others?’ asked Sniffer, putting the hanky 1310 carefully into his pocket, almost as if it were made of glass. 1311 ‘Gone riding,’ said George, shortly. 1312 ‘They said they would come and see my caravan,’ said Sniffer. 1313 ‘They said so!’ 1314 ‘Well, they won’t be able to today,’ said George. ‘They’ll be 1315 back too late, I expect. I’ll come and see it, though. There’s 1316 nobody in it, is there?’ 1317 George was not keen on meeting Sniffer’s father or any other 1318 of his relations! He shook his head. ‘No, it’s empty. My father’s 1319 gone, I told you, and my aunt and my grandma too.’ 1320 ‘What do you do on the moor?’ asked George, as she followed 1321 Sniffer across the field and up the hill to where the caravans 1322 had stood. Now only one was left - Sniffer’s. 1323 ‘Play around,’ said Sniffer, and gave an enormous sniff. 1324 George gave him a shove in the back. 1325 ‘Sniffer! What did I give you the hanky for? Don’t do that! It 1326 gets on my nerves!’ 1327 Sniffer used his sleeve at once, but fortunately George didn’t 1328 notice. She had now come to the caravan and was staring at it. 1329

1318 be keen on somebody (to) - ter um fraquinho por alguém 1320 haunt (s) - tia 1324 play around (to) – fazer nada de importante (brincar)

Page 51: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

51

She thought of Sniffer’s answer to her question a minute or two 1330 back. 1331 ‘You said you just played around on the moor. But what does 1332 your father do, and your uncle and grandad and all the rest of 1333 the men? There’s nothing to do there at all, as far as I can see, 1334 and no farmhouse to beg eggs or milk or anything from.’ 1335 Sniffer shut up like a clam. He was just about to sniff and 1336 thought better of it. He stared at George, his mouth set in an 1337 obstinate line. 1338 George looked at him impatiently. ‘Captain Johnson said you 1339 and your caravans went there every three months,’ she said. 1340 ‘What for? There must be some reason?’ 1341 ‘Well,’ said Sniffer, looking away from her, ‘we make pegs, and 1342 baskets, and...’ 1343 ‘I know that! All gypsies make things to sell,’ said George. ‘But 1344 you don’t need to go into the middle of a deserted moor to 1345 make them. You can do them just as well in a village, or sitting 1346 in a field near a farmhouse. Why go to such a lonely place as 1347 the moor?’ 1348 Sniffer said nothing, but bent over a queer little arrangement of 1349 sticks set on the path beside his caravan. George saw them 1350 and bent over them too, her question forgotten. 1351 ‘Oh! Is that a patrin? A gypsy message! What does it mean?’ 1352 There were two sticks, one long and one short, neatly 1353 arranged in the shape of a cross. A little farther up on the path 1354 were a few single, straight sticks, all pointing in the same 1355 direction. 1356

1336 clam (s) – amêijoa, pessoa muito reservada 1342 peg (s) – cabide de madeira

Page 52: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

52

‘Yes,’ said Sniffer, very glad to have the subject changed. ‘It’s 1357 our way of telling things to those who may come after us. See 1358 the sticks in the shape of the cross? That’s a patrin that says 1359 we’ve been along this way and we’re going in the direction that 1360 the long stick points.’ 1361 ‘I see,’ said George. ‘How simple! But what about these four 1362 straight sticks, all pointing the same way too. What do they 1363 mean?’ 1364 ‘They mean that the travellers went in caravans,’ said Sniffer, 1365 giving a sudden sniff. ‘See, four sticks, four caravans, going 1366 that way!’ 1367 ‘I see,’ said George, making up her mind that she herself 1368 would evolve quite a few ‘patrins’ for use at school when they 1369 went for walks. ‘Are there any more “patrins” Sniffer?’ 1370 ‘Plenty,’ said the boy. ‘Look, when I leave here, I shall put a 1371 patrin like this!’ he picked a large leaf from a nearby tree, and 1372 then a small one. He placed them side by side, and weighted 1373 them down with small stones. 1374 ‘What in the world does that mean?’ said George. 1375 ‘Well, it’s a patrin, a message, to say that me and my little dog 1376 have gone in the caravan too,’ said Sniffer, picking up the 1377 leaves. ‘Suppose my father came back to find me, and he saw 1378 those leaves there, he’d know I’d gone on with my dog. It’s 1379 simple. Big leaf for me, little leaf for my dog!’ 1380 ‘Yes. I like it,’ said George, pleased. ‘Now let’s look at the 1381 caravan.’ 1382 It was an old-fashioned kind of caravan, not very big, and with 1383 high wheels. The door and the steps down were in front. The 1384

1369 evolve (to) - desenvolver

Page 53: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

53

shafts rested on the ground waiting for Clip to come back. The 1385 caravan was black, with red designs on it here and there. 1386 George went up the steps. ‘I’ve been inside a few caravans,’ 1387 she said. ‘But never one quite like this.’ 1388 She peeped in curiously. It certainly wasn’t very clean, but it 1389 wasn’t as dirty as she expected either. 1390 ‘It’s not smelly, is it?’ said Sniffer, quite anxiously. ‘I tidied it up 1391 today, seeing as how I thought you were all visiting me. That’s 1392 our bed at the back. We all sleep on it.’ 1393 George stared at the big bunk-like bed stretched at the end of 1394 the caravan, covered with a bright quilt. She imagined the 1395 whole family sleeping there, close together. Well at least they 1396 would be warm in the winter. 1397 ‘Don’t you get hot in the summer, sleeping in this small 1398 caravan?’ asked George. 1399 ‘Oh no, only my grandma sleeps here then,’ said Sniffer, 1400 swallowing a sniff in a hurry, before George could hear it. ‘Me 1401 and the others sleep under the caravan. Then if it rains it don’t 1402 matter.’ 1403 ‘Well, thanks for showing me so many things,’ said George, 1404 looking round at the cupboards, the little locker-seats, and the 1405 over-big chest of drawers. ‘How you all get in here is a 1406 miracle.’ 1407 She didn’t go in. Even though Sniffer had tidied up, there was 1408 still a distinctly peculiar smell hanging about! 1409 ‘Come and see us tomorrow, Sniffer,’ she said, going down the 1410 steps. ‘Clip may be all right by then. And Sniffer, don’t you 1411 forget you’ve got a hanky now!’ 1412

1395 quilt (s) - colcha 1401 swallow (to) - engolir 1405 locker (s) – cacifo 1405 seat (s) – assento, cadeira 1406 drawer (s) - gaveta

Page 54: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

54

‘I won’t forget,’ said Sniffer, proudly. ‘I’ll keep it as clean as can 1413 be, Master George!’ 1414 1415 1416 Chapter Eight 1417 1418 SNIFFER MAKES A PROMISE 1419 1420 George was feeling very lonely by the time the evening came. 1421 How had the others got on without her? Had they missed her 1422 at all? Perhaps they hadn’t even thought of her! 1423 ‘Anyway, they didn’t have you, Timmy!’ said George. ‘You 1424 wouldn’t go off and leave me, would you?’ 1425 Timmy pressed against her, glad to see that she was happier 1426 again. He wondered where the others were, and where they 1427 had gone to all day. 1428 There was suddenly a clattering of hooves in the stableyard 1429 and George flew to the door. Yes, they were back! How should 1430 she behave? She felt cross and relieved and rather humble 1431 and glad all at once! She stood there, not knowing whether to 1432 frown or to smile. 1433 The others made up her mind for her. ‘Hallo, George!’ shouted 1434 Dick. ‘We did miss you!’ 1435 ‘How’s your head?’ called Anne. ‘I hope it’s better!’ 1436 ‘Hallo!’ called Henry. ‘You ought to have come. We’ve had a 1437 super day!’ 1438 ‘Come and help us stable the horses, George,’ shouted Julian. 1439 ‘Tell us what you’ve been doing!’ 1440

1422 miss (to) – ter saudades de, sentir a falta de 1428 go to (to) – ir para, ir a 1431 humble (adj) – humilde, simples, modesto 1434 make up one's mind (to) - decidir-se (a); resolver

Page 55: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

55

Timmy had sped over to them, barking in delight. George 1441 found her legs running towards them too, a welcoming smile 1442 on her face. 1443 ‘Hallo!’ she called. ‘Let me help! Did you really miss me? I 1444 missed you too.’ 1445 The boys were very relieved to see that George was herself 1446 again. Nothing more was said about her headache! She busied 1447 herself unsaddling the horses and listening to their story of the 1448 day. Then she told them about Sniffer and his patrins, and how 1449 she had given him a brand-new handkerchief. 1450 ‘But I’m sure he thinks he’s got to keep it spotlessly clean!’ she 1451 said. ‘He never used it once when I was with him. There’s the 1452 supper-bell, we’ll only just be in time! Are you hungry?’ 1453 ‘You bet we are!’ said Dick. ‘Though after Mrs Johnson’s 1454 sandwiches I never thought I’d be able to eat any supper at all. 1455 How’s Clip?’ 1456 ‘Never mind now. I’ll tell you everything at supper,’ said 1457 George. ‘Do you want any help, Henry?’ 1458 Henry was surprised to hear George call her Henry instead of 1459 Henrietta. ‘No thanks - er - George,’ she said. ‘I can manage.’ 1460 It was a very jolly supper-time that evening. The youngsters 1461 were set at a table by themselves, so the older ones talked to 1462 their heart’s content. 1463 Captain Johnson was very interested to hear about the old 1464 railway they had found. ‘I never knew there was anything like 1465 that on the moors,’ he said. ‘Though, of course, we’ve only 1466 been here about fifteen years, so we don’t know a great deal of 1467 the local history. You want to go and ask old Ben the 1468

1450 brand (adj) – de boa marca 1451 spotlessly (adv) – sem mancha, imaculadamente, sem mácula, impecavelmente 1451 spotlessly clean - impecavelmente limpo 1463 your heart's content (to) - quanto te apetecer

Page 56: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

56

blacksmith about that. He’s lived here all his life, and a long life 1469 it is, for he’s over eighty!’ 1470 ‘Well, we’ve got to take some of the horses to be shod 1471 tomorrow, haven’t we?’ said Henry, eagerly. ‘We could ask him 1472 then! Why, he might even have helped to make the rails!’ 1473 ‘We saw the caravans, George, when we had got pretty far out 1474 on the moor,’ said Julian. ‘Goodness knows where they were 1475 heading for, towards the coast, I should think. What’s the coast 1476 like beyond the moor, Captain Johnson?’ 1477 ‘Wild,’ said the Captain. ‘Great, unclimbable cliffs, and reefs or 1478 rocks stretching out to sea. Only the birds live there. There’s 1479 no bathing, no boating, no beach.’ 1480 ‘Well, it beats me where those caravans are going,’ said Dick. 1481 ‘It’s a mystery. They go every three months, don’t they?’ 1482 ‘About that,’ said Captain Johnson. ‘I’ve no idea what the 1483 attraction of the moor is for the gypsies. It just beats me! 1484 Usually they won’t go anywhere where there are not a few 1485 farms, or at least a small village where they can sell their 1486 goods.’ 1487 ‘I’d like to go after them and see where they are and what 1488 they’re doing,’ said Julian, eating his third hard-boiled egg. 1489 ‘All right. Let’s,’ said George. 1490 ‘But how? We don’t know where they’ve gone,’ said Henry. 1491 ‘Well, Sniffer’s going to join them tomorrow, or as soon as Clip 1492 is all right for walking,’ said George. ‘And he’s got to follow the 1493 patrins left on the way by the others. He says that he looks at 1494 the places where fires have been made on the way, and 1495

1469 blacksmith (s) – ferreiro, serralheiro 1471 shoe (to) – pôr ferraduras em cavalos 1472 eargely (adv) – avidamente, ardentemente

Page 57: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

57

beside them somewhere he will see the patrins, the sticks that 1496 point in the direction he must follow.’ 1497 ‘He’s sure to destroy them,’ said Dick. ‘We couldn’t follow 1498 them!’ 1499 ‘We’ll ask him to leave his own patrins,’ said George. ‘I think he 1500 will. He’s not a bad little boy, really. I could ask him to leave 1501 plenty of patrins, so that we could easily find the way.’ 1502 ‘Well, it might be fun to see if we could read the right road to 1503 go, just as easily as the gypsies do,’ said Julian. ‘We could 1504 make it a day’s ride. It would be interesting!’ 1505 Henry gave a most enormous yawn, and that made Anne yawn 1506 too, though hers was a very polite one. 1507 ‘Henry!’ said Mrs Johnson. 1508 ‘Sorry,’ said Henry. ‘It just came almost like a sneeze does. I 1509 don’t know why, but I feel almost asleep.’ 1510 ‘Go to bed then,’ said Mrs Johnson. ‘You’ve had such a day of 1511 air and sunshine! You all look very brown too. The April sun 1512 has been as hot as June today.’ 1513 The five of them, and Timmy, went out for a last look at the 1514 horses, and to do one or two small jobs. Henry yawned again, 1515 and that set everyone else off, even George. 1516 ‘Me for the straw!’ said Julian, with a laugh. ‘Oh, the thought of 1517 that warm, comfy straw bed is too good for words! You girls are 1518 welcome to the beds!’ 1519 ‘I hope Sniffer’s Pa doesn’t come in the middle of the night 1520 again,’ said Dick. 1521 ‘I shall tie up the latch,’ said Julian. ‘Well, let’s go and say 1522 goodnight to Mrs Johnson.’ 1523

1509 sneeze (s) - espirro 1516 set off (to) – desencadear um acontecimento ou processo, fazer disparar um acontecimento 1518 comfy (adj) – confortável, acolhedor, agradável

Page 58: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

58

It wasn’t long before the three girls were in bed and the two 1524 boys cuddled down in the straw of the stable. Clip was there 1525 still, but he no longer fidgeted. He lay down quietly, and did not 1526 once move his bad leg. It was getting much better. He would 1527 certainly be able to go after the others the next day! 1528 Julian and Dick fell asleep at once. No one came creeping in at 1529 the stable door that night. Nothing disturbed them until the 1530 morning, when a cock got into the stable through a window, sat 1531 on a rafter just above them, and crowed loudly enough to wake 1532 both boys with a jump. 1533 ‘What’s that!’ said Dick. ‘That awful screeching in my ear! Was 1534 it you, Ju?’ 1535 The cock crowed again and the boys laughed. ‘Blow him!’ said 1536 Julian, settling down again. ‘I could do with another couple of 1537 hours sleep!’ 1538 That morning Sniffer came slipping in at the gate again. He 1539 never came boldly in, he slid through the hedge, or crept in at 1540 the gate, or appeared round a corner. He saw George and 1541 went over to her. 1542 ‘Master George,’ he called, much to Julian’s amusement. ‘Is 1543 Clip better?’ 1544 ‘Yes!’ called back George. ‘Captain Johnson says you can take 1545 him today. But wait a bit, Sniffer, I want to ask you something 1546 before you go.’ 1547 Sniffer was pleased. He liked this girl who had presented him 1548 with such a magnificent handkerchief. He took it carefully out of 1549 his pocket, hoping to please her. 1550

1526 fidget (to) – estar desassossegado, remexer-se, não parar quieto 1532 rafter (s) – viga, trave 1532 crow (to) – cantar do galo ♣♣♣ crowd (to) – encher (s) – multidão, malta, grupo, pessoal, amigos

Page 59: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

59

‘See,’ he said. ‘How clean it is! I have kept it very carefully.’ He 1551 sniffed loudly. 1552 ‘You’re a fathead,’ said George, exasperated. ‘I gave it to you 1553 to use, not to keep clean in your pocket. It’s to stop your 1554 sniffing. Honestly, you’re a bit of a mutt, Sniffer. I shall take that 1555 hanky away if you don’t use it!’ 1556 Sniffer looked alarmed. He shook it out carefully and then 1557 lightly touched his nose with it. He then folded it up 1558 conscientiously in the right creases and put it back into his 1559 pocket again. 1560 ‘Now, NO sniffing!’ commanded George, trying not to laugh. 1561 ‘Listen, Sniffer, you know those patrins you showed me 1562 yesterday?’ 1563 ‘Yes, Master George,’ said Sniffer. 1564 ‘Well, will the other gypsies who have gone in front, leave you 1565 patrins to follow, so that you will know the way?’ said George. 1566 Sniffer nodded. ‘Yes, but not many, because I have been that 1567 way twice before. They will only leave them in places where I 1568 might go wrong.’ 1569 ‘I see,’ said George. ‘Now Sniffer, we want to have a sort of 1570 game. We want to see which of us can follow patrins, and we 1571 want you to lay patrins for us quite often, on your way to your 1572 family today. Will you?’ 1573 ‘Oh yes, I will,’ said Sniffer, quite proud to have a favour asked 1574 of him. ‘I will lay the ones I showed you, the cross, the long 1575 sticks, and the big and little leaf.’ 1576

1553 fathead (s) – cavalgadura, cretino, estúpido, idiota 1555 mutt (s) – pateta, patetóide, simplório 1557 shake out (to) – sacudir bem um pano para retirar a sujidade 1559 crease (s) – dobra, prega, vinco

Page 60: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

60

‘Yes, do,’ said George. ‘That will mean that you have passed in 1577 a certain direction and you are a boy and a dog. That’s right, 1578 isn’t it?’ 1579 ‘Yes,’ said Sniffer, nodding his head. ‘You have remembered!’ 1580 ‘Right. And we’re going to have a kind of game, trying to 1581 pretend we are travelling gypsies following others who have 1582 passed,’ said George. 1583 ‘You must not show yourselves when you come up to our 1584 caravans,’ said Sniffer, looking suddenly alarmed. ‘I should get 1585 into trouble for laying patrins for you.’ 1586 ‘All right. We’ll be careful,’ said George. ‘Now let’s go and get 1587 Clip.’ 1588 They fetched the patient little skewbald who came out gladly. 1589 He no longer limped, and his rest seemed to have done him 1590 good. He went off at a good pace with Sniffer. The last George 1591 heard of them was a very loud sniff indeed! 1592 ‘Sniffer!’ she shouted, warningly. He put his hand in his pocket 1593 and pulled out the hanky. He waved it gaily in the air, a sudden 1594 grin lighting up his face. 1595 George went to find the others. ‘Sniffer has taken Clip,’ she 1596 said. ‘What about going down to the blacksmith, and taking 1597 those horses that want shoeing?’ 1598 ‘Good idea,’ said Julian. ‘We can ask him all about Mystery 1599 Moor then, and the strange little railway line, or whatever it is! 1600 Come on.’ 1601 They took the horses that needed shoeing. There were six of 1602 them, so they each rode one, and Julian led the sixth. Timmy 1603 ran happily along beside them. He loved the horses, and they 1604

1590 limp (to) – coxear, mancar

Page 61: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

61

regarded him as a real friend, bending their long noses down 1605 to sniff at him, whenever he came near. 1606 They went slowly down the long lane to the blacksmith’s. 1607 ‘There it is!’ said George. ‘A proper old smithy with a lovely fire! 1608 And there’s the smith!’ 1609 Old Ben was a mighty figure of a man, even though he was 1610 over eighty. He didn’t shoe many horses now, but sat in the 1611 sun, watching all that was going on. He had a great mane of 1612 white hair, and eyes that were as black as the coal he had so 1613 many times heated to a fiery flame. 1614 ‘Good morning, young masters and Miss,’ he said and Julian 1615 grinned. That would please George and Henry! 1616 ‘We’ve got some questions to ask you,’ said George, 1617 dismounting. 1618 ‘Ask away!’ said the old man. ‘If it’s about this place, there’s 1619 nothing much old Ben can’t tell you! Give Jim your horses. 1620 Now, ask away!’ 1621 1622

1608 smithy (s) – forja, oficina de ferrador 1614 heat (to) – aquecer, inflamar 1614 fiery (adj) – impetuoso, escaldante, ardente 1614 flame (s) – chama, labareda 1618 dismount (to) – desmontar ou apear-se do cavalo ou da bicicleta

Page 62: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

62

Chapter Nine 1623 1624 THE BLACKSMITH TELLS A TALE 1625 1626 Well, began Julian, ‘we went riding on Mystery Moor yesterday, 1627 and for one thing we’d like to know if there is any reason for 1628 the curious name. Was there ever a mystery on that moor?’ 1629 ‘Oh, there be plenty of mysteries away there,’ said Old Ben. 1630 ‘People lost and never come back again, noises that no one 1631 could find the reason of...’ 1632 ‘What kind of noises?’ said Anne, curiously. 1633 ‘Ah now, when I were a boy, I spent nights up on that moor,’ 1634 said old Ben, solemnly, ‘and the noises that went on there! 1635 Screeches and howls and the like, and moans and the sweep 1636 of big wings...’ 1637 ‘Well, all that might have been owls and foxes and things like 1638 that,’ said Dick. ‘I’ve heard a barn-owl give a screech just over 1639 my head which made me nearly jump out of my skin. If I hadn’t 1640 known it was an owl I’d have run for miles!’ 1641 Ben grinned and his face ran into a score of creases and 1642 wrinkles. 1643 ‘Why is it called Mystery Moor?’ persisted Julian. ‘Is it a very 1644 old name?’ 1645 ‘When my Grandad was a boy it were called Misty Moor,’ said 1646 the old blacksmith, remembering. ‘See, Misty, not Mystery. And 1647 that were because of the sea-fogs that came stealing in from 1648 the coast, and lay heavy on the moor, so that no man could 1649 see his hand in front of his face. Yes, I’ve been lost in one of 1650

1636 screech (s) – guincho, grito penetrante 1636 howl (s) – gemido, pranto, choro, lamento, grito, uivo 1636 moan (s) – gemido, choro, lamento 1636 sweep (s) – movimento majestoso de (varredela, vassourada) 1637 wing (s) – asa (voo) 1638 owl (s) - coruja 1639 barn (adj) – de celeiro 1644 persist (to) – teimar, insistir, persistir

Page 63: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

63

them mists, and right scared I was too. It swirled round me like 1651 a live thing, and touched me all over with its cold damp 1652 fingers.’ 1653 ‘How horrid!’ said Anne with a shiver. ‘What did you do?’ 1654 ‘Well, first I ran for my life,’ said Ben, getting out his pipe and 1655 looking into the empty bowl. ‘I ran over heather and into gorse. 1656 I fell a dozen times, and all the time the mist was feeling me 1657 with its damp fingers, trying to get me, that’s what the old folk 1658 used to say of that mist, it was always trying to get you!’ 1659 ‘Still, it was only a mist,’ said George, feeling that the old man 1660 was exaggerating. ‘Does it still come over the moor?’ 1661 ‘Oh ay,’ said Ben, ramming some tobacco into his pipe. 1662 ‘Autumn’s the time, but it comes sudden-like at any moment of 1663 the year. I’ve knowed it come at the end of a fine summer’s 1664 day, creeping in stealthy-like, and my, if you don’t happen to 1665 see it soon enough, it gets you!’ 1666 ‘What do you mean, it gets you?’ said George. 1667 ‘Well, it may last for days,’ said old Ben. ‘And if you’re lost on 1668 them moors, you’re lost proper, and you never come back. Ah, 1669 smile if you like, young sir, but I knows!’ He went off into 1670 memories of long ago, looking down at his pipe. ‘Let’s see 1671 now, there was old Mrs Banks, who went bilberry-picking with 1672 her basket on a summer’s afternoon, and no one ever heard of 1673 her again, after the mist came down. And there was young 1674 Victor who played truant and went off to the moors, and the 1675 mist got him too.’ 1676 ‘I can see we’d better watch out for the mist if we go riding 1677 there,’ said Dick. ‘This is the first I’ve heard of it.’ 1678

1651 swirl (to) – rodopiar, redemoinhar, andar à roda 1655 get out (to) - tirar 1656 bowl (s) – fornilho do cachimbo (taça, tigela, bacia, bola de madeira) ♣♣♣ bowl (to) – atirar, lançar, jogar bolas de madeira, jogar bowling 1662 ay/aye (adv) - sim 1662 ram (to) – apertar, comprimir, meter à força, calcar, pisar, bater ♣♣♣ truant (adj) – vadio, malandro, ocioso 1675 play truant (to) - faltar à escola; fazer gazeta 1677 watch out (to) – ter cuidado, prestar atenção

Page 64: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

64

‘Yes. You keep your eyes skinned,’ said old Ben. ‘Look away 1679 to the coast-side and watch there, that’s where it comes from. 1680 But there baint many mists nowadays, l don’t know for why. 1681 No, now I think on it, there haven’t been a mist, not a proper 1682 wicked one, for nigh on three years.’ 1683 ‘What I’d like to know is why was the name changed to Mystery 1684 Moor,’ said Henry. ‘I can understand its being called Misty 1685 Moor, but now everyone calls it Mystery, not Misty.’ 1686 ‘Well now, that must have been about seventy years ago, 1687 when I were a bit of a boy,’ said Ben, lighting his pipe and 1688 puffing hard. He was enjoying himself. He didn’t often get such 1689 an interested audience as this, five of them, including a dog 1690 who sat and listened too! 1691 ‘That was when the Bartle Family built the little railway over the 1692 moor,’ he began, and stopped at the exclamations of his five 1693 listeners. 1694 ‘Ah! We wanted to know about that!’ 1695 ‘Oh! You know about the railway then!’ 1696 ‘Do go on!’ 1697 The blacksmith seemed to get some trouble with his pipe and 1698 pulled at it for an exasperatingly long time. George wished she 1699 was a horse and could stamp her foot impatiently! 1700 ‘Well, the Bartle Family was a big one,’ said Ben at last. ‘All 1701 boys, but for one ailing little girl. Big strong fellows they were, I 1702 remember them well. I was scared of them, they were so free 1703 with their fists. Well, one of them, Dan, found a mighty good 1704 stretch of sand out there on the moor...’ 1705

1679 skinned (adj) – abertos (sem pele, esfolado, sem casca, descascado) 1681 baint – ?? suponho que seja: ain’t [contracção de am not, is not, are not] 1683 nigh = near 1683 near upon - cerca de 1702 ailing (adj) – doente, enfermo

Page 65: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

65

‘Oh yes, we thought there might have been a sand-quarry,’ 1706 said Anne. Ben frowned at the interruption. 1707 ‘And as there were nine or ten good strong Bartles, they 1708 reckoned to make a fine do of it,’ said Ben. ‘They got wagons 1709 and they went to and from the quarry they dug, and they sold 1710 their sand for miles around, good, sharp sand it were...’ 1711 ‘We saw some,’ said Henry. ‘But what about the rails?’ 1712 ‘Don’t hurry him,’ said Dick, with a frown. 1713 ‘They made a mort of money,’ said Ben, remembering. ‘And 1714 they set to work and built a little railway to carry an injin and 1715 trucks to the quarry and back, to save labour. My, my, that 1716 were a nine days’ wonder, that railway! Us youngsters used to 1717 follow the little injin, puffing along, and it were the longing of us 1718 all to drive it. But we never did. Them Bartles kept a big stick, 1719 each one of them, and they whipped the hide off any boy that 1720 got too near them. Fierce they were, and quarrelsome.’ 1721 ‘Why did the railway fall into ruin?’ asked Julian. ‘The rails are 1722 all overgrown with heather and grass now. You can hardly see 1723 them.’ 1724 ‘Well, now we come to that there Mystery you keep on about,’ 1725 said Ben, taking an extra big puff at his pipe. ‘Them Bartles fell 1726 foul of the gypsies up on the moor...’ 1727 ‘Oh, were there gypsies on the moor then?’ said Dick. ‘There 1728 are some now!’ 1729 ‘Oh ay, there’s always been gypsies on the moor, long as I can 1730 remember,’ said the blacksmith. ‘Well, it’s said them gypsies 1731 quarrelled with the Bartles, and it wasn’t hard to do that, most 1732 people did! And the gypsies pulled up bits of the line, here and 1733

1709 reckon (to) – calcular, avaliar, considerar, concluir, pensar, supor 1710 dig (to) – escavar, cavar 1714 a mort of money - montes de dinheiro 1715 engine (s) – máquina, locomotiva 1716 save labour (to) - economizar mão-de-obra 1720 hide (s) – pele humana (couro, pele de animal) 1721 quarrelsome (adj) – conflituoso, brigão, dado a questões, mau 1725 keep on about (to) – não parar de falar, insistir 1726 fall foul of (to) - entrar em conflito com 1733 pull up (to) - arrancar

Page 66: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

66

there, and the little injin toppled over and pulled the trucks with 1734 it.’ 1735 The children could quite well imagine the little engine puffing 1736 along, coming to the damaged rails and falling over. What a to-1737 do there must have been up on the moor then! 1738 ‘The Bartles weren’t ones to put up with a thing like that,’ said 1739 Ben, ‘so they set about to drive all the gypsies off the moor, 1740 and they swore that if so much as one caravan went there, 1741 they’d set fire to it and chase the gypsies over to the coast and 1742 into the sea!’ 1743 ‘They must have been a fierce family,’ said Anne. 1744 ‘You’re right there,’ said Ben. ‘All nine or ten of them were big 1745 upstanding men, with great shaggy eyebrows that almost hid 1746 their eyes, and loud voices. Nobody dared to cross them. If 1747 they did, they’d have the whole family on their door-step with 1748 sticks. They ruled this place, they did, and my, they were 1749 hated! Us children ran off as soon as we saw one coming 1750 round a corner.’ 1751 ‘What about the gypsies? Did the Bartles manage to drive 1752 them off the moor?’ asked George, impatiently. 1753 ‘Now you let me go my own pace,’ said Ben, pointing at her 1754 with his pipe. ‘You want a Bartle after you, young sir, that’s 1755 what you want!’ He thought she was a boy, of course. He did 1756 something to his pipe and made them all wait a little. Julian 1757 winked at the others. He liked this old fellow with his long, long 1758 memories. 1759 ‘Now, you can’t cross the gypsies for long,’ said Ben, at last. 1760 ‘That’s a fact, you can’t. And one day all them Bartles 1761

1734 topple (to) – cair, tombar, ruir, desabar 1734 pull with (to) – arrastar, puxar 1737 to-do (s) – agitação, rebuliço, alvoroço, azáfama 1739 put up with (to) – suportar, tolerar, aturar, aguentar com 1740 set about (to) – atacar, tratar de, pôr mãos à obra em relação a 1740 drive off (to) – afugentar, pôr em fuga 1746 upstanding (adj) – robusto, forte (recto, honesto) 1748 doorstep (s) – uma espera à porta de casa de alguém para…

Page 67: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

67

disappeared and never came back home. No, not one of them. 1762 All that was left of the family was little lame Agnes, their sister.” 1763 Everyone exclaimed in surprise and old Ben looked round with 1764 satisfaction. Ah, he could tell a story, he could! 1765 ‘But whatever happened?’ said Henry. 1766 ‘Well, no one rightly knows,’ said Ben. ‘It happened in a week 1767 when the mist came swirling over the moors and blotted 1768 everything out. Nobody went up there except the Bartles, and 1769 they were safe because all they had to do was to follow their 1770 railway lines there and back. They went up to the quarry each 1771 day the mist was there, and worked the same as usual. 1772 Nothing stopped they Bartles from working!’ 1773 He paused and looked round at his listeners. He dropped his 1774 voice low, and all five of the children felt little shivers up their 1775 backs. 1776 ‘One night somebody in the village saw twenty or more gypsy 1777 caravans slinking through the village at dead of night,’ said 1778 Ben. ‘Up on the moor they went in the thick mist. Mebbe they 1779 followed the railway; nobody knows. And next morning, up to 1780 the quarry went the Bartles as usual, swallowed up in the mist.’ 1781 He paused again. ‘And they never came back,’ he said. ‘No, 1782 not one of them. Never heard of again!’ 1783 ‘But what happened?’ said George. 1784 ‘Search-parties were sent out when the mist cleared,’ said old 1785 Ben. ‘But never one of the Bartles did they find, alive or dead. 1786 Never a one! And they didn’t find any gypsy caravans either. 1787 They’d all come creeping back the next night, and passed 1788 through the village like shadows. I reckon them gypsies set 1789

1763 lame (adj) – coxo, aleijado 1768 blot out (to) – tapar, obscurecer 1778 slink (to) – escapulir-se, esgueirar-se, ir à socapa 1789 reckon (to) – calcular, supor, pensar, crer, ser de opinião

Page 68: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

68

upon the Bartles in the mist that day, fought them and defeated 1790 them, and took them and threw them over the cliffs into the 1791 roaring sea!’ 1792 ‘How horrible!’ said Anne, feeling sick. 1793 ‘Don’t worrit yourself!’ said the blacksmith. ‘It all happened a 1794 mort of time ago, and there wasn’t many that mourned them 1795 Bartles, I can tell you. Funny thing was, their weakly little sister, 1796 Agnes, she lived to be a hale old woman of ninety-six, and only 1797 died a few years ago! And to think them strong fierce brothers 1798 of hers went all together like that!’ 1799 ‘It’s a most interesting story, Ben,’ said Julian. ‘So Misty Moor 1800 became Mystery Moor then, did it? And nobody ever really 1801 found out what happened, so the mystery was never solved. 1802 Didn’t anyone work the railway after that, or get the sand?’ 1803 ‘No, not a soul,’ said Ben. ‘We was all scared, you see, and 1804 young Agnes, she said the railway and the trucks and injin 1805 could rot, for all she cared. I never dared to go near them after 1806 that. It was a long time before anyone but the gypsies set foot 1807 on Misty Moor again. Now it’s all forgotten, the tale of the 1808 Bartles, but them gypsies still remember, I’ve no doubt! 1809 They’ve got long memories, they have.’ 1810 ‘Do you know why they come to Mystery Moor every so often?’ 1811 asked Dick. 1812 ‘No. They come and they go,’ said Ben. ‘They’ve their own 1813 queer ways. They don’t belong anywhere, them folk. What they 1814 do on the moor is their own business, and I wouldn’t want to 1815 poke my nose into it. I’d remember them old Bartles, and keep 1816 away!’ 1817

1790 set upon (to) – montar uma cilada a, montar uma armadilha a, conspirar contra, tramar 1790 defeat (to) – derrotar, vencer, destruir 1794 worrit/worry (to) – afligir-se 1795 mort (s) – grande quantidade, montes, um ror 1795 mourn (to) – lamentar, estar de luto por alguém, chorar 1796 weakly (adj) – fraco, débil 1797 hale (adj) – pessoa idosa forte e vigorosa e robusta 1805 injin refere-se a: engine 1806 rot (to) – apodrecer, deteriorar 1806 for all I care - que eu nem me importo

Page 69: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

69

A voice came from inside the smithy, where Jim, the 1818 blacksmith’s grandson, had been shoeing the horses. 1819 ‘Grandad! You stop jabbering away there, and let the children 1820 come and talk to me! I’ve shod nearly all the horses.’ 1821 Ben laughed. ‘You go along,’ he said to the children. ‘I know 1822 you like to be in there and see the sparks fly, and the shoes 1823 made. I’ve wasted your time, I have, telling you long-ago 1824 things. You go along into the smithy. And just you remember 1825 two things - watch out for that mist, and keep away from the 1826 gypsies on the moor!’ 1827 1828

1820 jabber (to) – tagarelar, palrar

Page 70: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

70

Chapter Ten 1829 1830 SNIFFER’S PATRINS 1831 1832 It was fun in the smithy, working the bellows, seeing the fire 1833 glow, and watching the red-hot shoes being shaped. Jim was 1834 quick and clever, and it was a pleasure to watch him. 1835 ‘You been hearing Grandad’s old stories?’ he said. ‘It’s all he’s 1836 got to do now, sit there and remember, though when he wants 1837 to he can make a horse-shoe as well as I can! There, that’s the 1838 last one. Stand still, Sultan. That’s right!’ 1839 The five children were soon on their way back again. It was a 1840 lovely morning, and the banks and ditches they passed were 1841 bright gold with thousands of celandines. 1842 ‘All beautifully polished!’ said Anne, picking two or three for her 1843 button-hole. It did look as if someone had polished the inside 1844 of each petal, for they gleamed like enamel. 1845 ‘What a queer tale the old man told,’ said Julian. ‘He told it 1846 well!’ 1847 ‘Yes. He made me feel I don’t want to go up on the moor 1848 again!’ said Anne. 1849 ‘Don’t be feeble!’ said George. ‘It all happened ages ago. Jolly 1850 interesting too. I wonder if the gypsies who are there now know 1851 the story. Maybe their great-grand-parents were the ones who 1852 set on the Bartles that misty day!’ 1853 ‘Well, Sniffer’s father looked sly enough to carry out a plan like 1854 that,’ said Henry. ‘What about us having a shot at following the 1855

1833 belows (s) – fole, instrumento que lança ar na fornalha 1841 bank (s) – rampa, talude, inclinação de estrada 1841 ditch (s) – valeta ou sarjeta de estrada 1844 polished (adj) – reluzente, impecável 1844 button (adj) – de botão 1845 enamel (s) – esmalte 1850 feeble (adj) – frágil, fraco, débil 1853 set on (to) – atacar, lançar-se sobre 1854 sly (adj) – manhoso, matreiro 1854 carry out (to) – realizar, levar a cabo 1855 shot (s) – tentativa

Page 71: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

71

way they went, and seeing if we can make out the patrins that 1856 Sniffer told George he would leave?’ 1857 ‘Good idea,’ said Julian. ‘We’ll go this afternoon. I say, what’s 1858 the time? I should think it must be half-past dinner-time!’ 1859 They looked at their watches. ‘Yes, we’re late, but we always 1860 are when we get back from the blacksmith,’ said George. 1861 ‘Never mind, I bet Mrs Johnson will have an extra special meal 1862 for us!’ 1863 She had! There was an enormous plate of stew for everyone, 1864 complete with carrots, onions, parsnips and turnips, and a date 1865 pudding to follow. Good old Mrs Johnson! 1866 ‘You three girls must wash up for me afterwards,’ she said. 1867 ‘I’ve such a lot to do today.’ 1868 ‘Why can’t the boys help?’ said George at once. 1869 ‘I’ll do all the washing-up,’ said Anne with a sudden grin. ‘You 1870 four boys can go out to the stables!’ 1871 Dick gave her a good-natured shove. ‘You know we’ll help, 1872 even if we’re not good at it. I’ll dry. I hate those bits and pieces 1873 that float about in the washing-bowl.’ 1874 ‘Will it be all right if we go up on the moors this afternoon?’ 1875 asked George. 1876 ‘Yes, quite all right. But if you want to take your tea, you’ll have 1877 to pack it yourselves,’ said Mrs Johnson. ‘I’m taking the small 1878 children out for a ride, and there’s one on the leading-rein still, 1879 as you know.’ 1880 They were ready to set off at three o’clock their tea packed and 1881 everything. The horses were caught in the field and got ready 1882 too. They set off happily. 1883

1864 stew (s) - estufado 1865 onion (s) - cebola 1865 parsnip (s) - pastinaga 1865 turnip (s) - nabo 1865 date (adj) – de tâmaras????? 1879 leading-rein – será aprendiz???

Page 72: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

72

‘Now we’ll see if we are as clever as we think we are, at 1884 reading gypsy patrins!’ said George. ‘Timmy, don’t chase every 1885 rabbit you see, or you’ll be left behind!’ 1886 They cantered up on to the moor, passing the place where the 1887 caravans had stood. They knew the direction they had taken, 1888 and here and there they saw wheel-marks. It was fairly easy to 1889 follow their trail, because five caravans made quite a path to 1890 follow. 1891 ‘Here’s where they camped first,’ said Julian, riding up to a 1892 blackened spot that showed where a fire had been lighted. ‘We 1893 ought to find a message left somewhere here.’ 1894 They searched for one. George found it. ‘It’s here, behind this 1895 tree!’ she called. ‘Out of the wind.’ 1896 They dismounted and came round George. On the ground was 1897 the patrin, the shape of a cross, the long stick pointing 1898 forwards, in the direction they were going. Other single sticks 1899 lay there, to show that a caravan had gone that way, and 1900 beside them were the large and the small leaf, weighted with 1901 tiny stones. 1902 ‘What did those leaves show now, oh yes, Sniffer and his dog!’ 1903 said Dick. ‘Well, we’re on the right way, though we’d know that 1904 anyhow, by the fire!’ 1905 They mounted again and went on. It proved quite easy to find 1906 and follow the patrins. Only once did they find any difficulty and 1907 that was when they came to a place, marked by two trees, 1908 where there was no apparent sign in the heather of any 1909 caravan marks. 1910

1893 blacken (to) – ficar negro, enegrecer

Page 73: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

73

‘The heather’s so jolly thick here that it’s taken the caravans as 1911 if it were a feather-bed, springing up when they had gone, and 1912 giving no sign of where they had passed,’ said Julian. He 1913 dismounted and had a good look round. No, there was no sign. 1914 ‘We’ll go on a little way,’ he said. ‘We may come to a camping 1915 place, then we’ll know.’ 1916 But they came to no old camping place, and stopped at last in 1917 bewilderment. ‘We’ve lost the trail,’ said Dick. ‘We’re not such 1918 good gypsies after all!’ 1919 ‘Let’s go back to those two trees,’ said George. ‘We can still 1920 just see them. If it’s so easy to lose the way there, there might 1921 be a patrin, although there are no camp-marks. After all, a 1922 patrin is left to show the way, in case the ones following take 1923 the wrong route.’ 1924 So back they rode to the two trees, and there, sure enough, 1925 was Sniffer’s patrin! Henry found it set carefully between the 1926 trees, so that nothing could disturb it. 1927 ‘Here’s the cross, and the single sticks, and the leaves!’ she 1928 said. ‘But look, the long stick of the cross points to the east and 1929 we went off to the north. No wonder we found no signs of the 1930 caravans!’ 1931 They set off to the east this time, across the thick, springy 1932 heather, and almost at once found signs of the passing of 1933 caravans, twigs broken off the bushes, a wheel rut on a soft 1934 piece of ground. 1935 ‘We’re right now,’ said Julian, pleased. ‘I was beginning to 1936 think it was all too easy for words! But it isn’t!’ 1937

1912 featherbed (s) – colchão de penas 1912 spring up (to) – levantar-se de repente, erguer, neste caso a urze era tão rija que se levantava logo após as rodas da caravana terem passado 1934 rut (s) – sulco de rodas

Page 74: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

74

They rode for two hours, and then decided to have tea. They 1938 sat down in a little glade of silver birches, with an unexpected 1939 copse of pale primroses behind. Timmy had to make up his 1940 mind which to choose, a rabbit-chase, or titbits from the 1941 children’s tea! 1942 1943 He chose both, racing after an imaginary rabbit, and then 1944 coming back for a sandwich!’ 1945 ‘You know, it’s a lot better for us when Mrs Johnson makes 1946 sandwiches of tomato or lettuce or something like that,’ said 1947 Henry. ‘We do get them all then, but when we have meat or 1948 sardine or egg sandwiches Timmy gets as much as we do!’ 1949 ‘Well, surely you don’t mind that, Henrietta,’ said George at 1950 once. ‘You make Timmy sound very greedy. After all, you don’t 1951 need to give him any of your sandwiches!’ 1952 ‘Now, Georgina!’ murmured Dick, in her ear, 1953 ‘Sorry, Georgina,’ said Henry, with a grin. ‘I just can’t help 1954 giving him a sandwich or two when he comes and sits down 1955 and looks at me so longingly.’ 1956 ‘Woof,’ said Timmy, and at once sat down in front of Henry, his 1957 tongue out, and his eyes fixed unblinkingly on her. 1958 ‘He sort of hypnotizes me,’ complained Henry. ‘Make him go 1959 away, George, I shan’t be able to keep a single sandwich or bit 1960 of cake for myself. Go and stare at someone else, Timmy, for 1961 goodness’ sake!’ 1962 Julian looked at his watch. ‘I don’t think we ought to spend too 1963 long over tea,’ he said. ‘I know we’ve got summertime now, 1964 and the evenings are nice and light, but we haven’t reached 1965

1939 glade (s) – clareira em floresta 1939 birch (s) – bétula, vidoeiro 1940 copse (s) – conjunto ou massa de plantas ou pequenas árvores 1951 greedy (adj) – guloso, insaciável, voraz 1958 unblinking (adj) – sem pestanejar, imperturbável 1959 complain (to) – queixar-se, lamentar-se 1963 spend over (to) – gastar, despender

Page 75: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

75

the gypsy camp yet, and after that we’ve got to go all the way 1966 back. What about starting off again?’ 1967 ‘Right,’ said everyone and remounted their horses. They set off 1968 through the heather. Soon they found it unexpectedly easy to 1969 follow the caravan route, because the soil became sandy, and 1970 there were many bare patches on which the marks of the 1971 wheels could plainly be seen. 1972 ‘Goodness, if we go to the east much more, we’ll come to the 1973 sea!’ said Dick. 1974 ‘No, it’s still some miles away,’ said Julian. ‘Hallo, there’s a little 1975 hill or something in the distance. First time we’ve seen 1976 anything but complete flatness!’ 1977 The wheel-marks led steadily towards the little hill, which, as 1978 they came near, seemed to grow considerably bigger. ‘I bet the 1979 caravans are there,’ said George. ‘That hill would give a nice 1980 bit of shelter from the wind that came from the sea. I believe I 1981 can see one!’ 1982 George was right. The caravans were there. They showed up 1983 well against the hill, in their bright colours. 1984 ‘They’ve even got up a washing-line as usual!’ said Anne. 1985 ‘Clothes flapping in the wind!’ 1986 ‘Let’s go and ask if Clip is all right,’ said Julian. ‘It will be a very 1987 good excuse for going right up to the camp.’ 1988 So they cantered straight up to the little group of five caravans. 1989 Four or five men appeared as soon as they heard the sound of 1990 hooves. They looked silent and rather forbidding. Sniffer ran 1991 out and shouted. 1992 ‘Hallo! Clip’s fine! Quite all right again!’ 1993

1985 get up (to) – organizar, preparar, planear 1991 forbidding (adj) – ameaçador, sinistro

Page 76: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

76

His father gave him a push and said something sharp to him. 1994 He disappeared under the nearest caravan. 1995 Julian rode up to Sniffer’s father. ‘Did I hear Sniffer say that 1996 Clip was quite all right?’ he asked. ‘Where is he?’ 1997 ‘Over there,’ said the man, with a nod of his head. ‘No need for 1998 you to see him. He’s mended fine.’ 1999 ‘All right, all right! I’m not going to take him away from you!’ 2000 said Julian. ‘This is a nice sheltered place you’ve got, isn’t it? 2001 How long are you staying?’ 2002 ‘What’s that to do with you?’ said an old gypsy, unpleasantly. 2003 ‘Nothing,’ said Julian, surprised. ‘Just a polite question, that’s 2004 all!’ 2005 ‘How do you get water?’ called George. ‘Is there a good spring 2006 here?’ 2007 There was no reply at all. The four or five men had now been 2008 joined by others, and there were three mangy-looking dogs 2009 growling round. Timmy was beginning to growl back. 2010 ‘You’d better go before our dogs get at you,’ said Sniffer’s 2011 father, sourly. 2012 ‘Where’s Liz?’ said George, remembering Sniffer’s dog, but 2013 before she got an answer the three dogs suddenly made an 2014 attack on Timmy! They pounced on him and he had hard work 2015 to keep them off. He was far bigger than they were, but they 2016 were nippy little things. 2017 ‘Call off those dogs!’ yelled Julian, seeing that George was 2018 dismounting to go to Timmy’s help. She would get bitten. ‘Do 2019 you hear me? Call off those dogs.’ 2020

1999 mend (to) – restabelecer-se, convalescer 2009 mangy (adj) – tinhoso, sarnento, sujo 2012 sour (adj) – carrancudo, maldisposto, irritado, irascível 2017 nippy (adj) – ágil, rápido, vivo

Page 77: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

77

Sniffer’s father whistled. The three dogs reluctantly left Timmy 2021 and went over to the men, their tails down. George had 2022 reached Tim and had now got her hand on his collar to stop 2023 him from chasing the other three dogs. 2024 ‘Mount your horse, whistle Timmy, and we’ll go,’ shouted 2025 Julian, not at all liking the silent, sour-looking gypsies. George 2026 did as she was told. Timmy ran beside her, and they all 2027 cantered away from the unpleasant camp. 2028 The men stood watching them in complete silence. ‘What’s up 2029 with them?’ said Dick puzzled. ‘Anyone would think they were 2030 planning another Bartle affair!’ 2031 ‘Don’t!’ said Anne. ‘They’re planning something, all alone out 2032 here, far away from anywhere! I shan’t go near them again.’ 2033 ‘They thought we were prying and spying,’ said Dick. ‘That’s 2034 all. Poor old Sniffer. What a life he has!’ 2035 ‘We couldn’t even tell him that we found his patrins useful,’ 2036 said George. ‘Oh well, there’s probably nothing in it, not even 2037 an adventure!’ 2038 Was she right or wrong? Julian looked at Dick and Dick looked 2039 back, his eyebrows raised. They didn’t know. Oh well, time 2040 would tell! 2041 2042 2043 Chapter Eleven 2044 2045 A NICE LITTLE PLAN 2046 2047

2034 pry (to) – intrometer-se, bisbilhotar, espiar

Page 78: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

78

The five of them told Captain and Mrs Johnson about their 2048 afternoon’s experience, as they were having supper. 2049 ‘Patrins!’ said Mrs Johnson. ‘So Sniffer told you about those? 2050 But I really don’t think you should visit the gypsy camp. Those 2051 particular gypsies are a surly, bad-tempered lot.’ 2052 ‘Did you ever hear the tale of the Big Bartles?’ said Henry, 2053 getting ready to relate it, and add little bits of her own, here 2054 and there! 2055 ‘No. But it can wait, I’m sure,’ said Mrs Johnson, knowing 2056 Henry’s habit of leaving her food quite uneaten once she 2057 began on some marvellous tale. ‘Is it one of your tales? You 2058 can tell it after supper.’ 2059 ‘It’s not Henry’s tale,’ said George, annoyed that Henry should 2060 get all the limelight again, and take the blacksmith’s tale for her 2061 own. ‘It’s one old Ben told us. Ju, you tell it!’ 2062 ‘Nobody is to tell it now,’ said Captain Johnson. ‘You came in 2063 late for supper, we waited for you, and the least you can do is 2064 to get on with your eating.’ 2065 The five juniors at the other table were disappointed. They had 2066 hoped to hear another of Henry’s marvellous stories. But 2067 Captain Johnson was hungry and tired. 2068 ‘Old Ben is a great age, as you said,’ began Henry, after a few 2069 mouthfuls. ‘He -’ 2070 ‘Not another word, please, Henrietta,’ said the captain, curtly. 2071 Henry went red and George grinned, kicking at Dick under the 2072 table. Unfortunately she kicked Henry instead, and the girl 2073 glared at her for a whole minute. 2074

2052 surly (adj) – carrancudo, grosseiro 2061 limelight (s) – a ribalta no teatro, série de luzes à frente do palco, entre o pano de boca e a orquestra cá em baixo, luzes colocadas no chão (ou quase e escondidas do público) e na extremidade frontal do palco e das cenas que decorrem 2071 curtly (adv) – bruscamente, secamente

Page 79: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

79

‘Oh dear!’ thought Anne. ‘Just as we’d had such a lovely day! I 2075 suppose we’re all tired and scratchy.’ 2076 ‘Why did you kick me'?’ began Henry in a cross voice, as soon 2077 as she and George left the table with the others. 2078 ‘Shut up, you two,’ said Julian. ‘She probably meant to kick me 2079 or Dick, not you.’ 2080 Henry shut up. She didn’t like Julian to tick her off. George 2081 looked mutinous and went off with Timmy. 2082 Dick yawned. ‘What jobs are there to do, if any?’ he said. 2083 ‘Don’t say there’s washing-up again. I feel I might break a few 2084 things.’ 2085 Mrs Johnson heard him and laughed. ‘No, there’s no washing-2086 up. The woman has come in to do it tonight. Have a look at the 2087 horses - and see that Jenny the mare is not with Flash, you 2088 know she doesn’t like her for some reason, and will kick out at 2089 her. She must always be kept in another field.’ 2090 ‘That’s all right, Mrs Johnson,’ said William, suddenly 2091 appearing, stolid and competent as ever. ‘I’ve seen to that. I’ve 2092 seen to everything, really.’ 2093 ‘You’re better than any stable-boy, William,’ said Mrs Johnson, 2094 smiling at him. ‘I wish you’d take a permanent job here!’ 2095 ‘I wish you meant that,’ said William, earnestly. There was 2096 nothing he would have liked better! He went off looking 2097 pleased. 2098 ‘I think you’d better all go to bed then, as William appears to 2099 have done everything necessary,’ said Mrs Johnson. ‘Any 2100 plans for tomorrow?’ 2101

2081 tick off (to) – ralhar, repreender 2082 mutinous (adj) – rebelde, desobediente 2088 mare (s) - égua 2092 stolid (to) – imperturbável, calmo 2096 earnestly (adv) - seriamente

Page 80: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

80

‘Not yet,’ said Julian, trying to stop a yawn. ‘So if you want 2102 anything done, we’ll do it.’ 2103 ‘We’ll see what tomorrow brings,’ said Mrs Johnson and said 2104 good night. The boys said good night to the three girls and 2105 went off to the stable. 2106 ‘Gosh, we’ve forgotten to undress and wash and everything,’ 2107 said Julian, half-asleep. ‘What’s the matter with us at this 2108 place? I can’t seem to keep my eyes open after half-past 2109 eight!’ 2110 The next day certainly brought a few things. It brought a letter 2111 for Henry that filled her with disgust. It brought two letters for 2112 Mrs Johnson that made her start fussing and worrying. It 2113 brought a telegram for Captain Johnson that sent him down to 2114 the station at once. 2115 Henrietta’s letter was from two of her great-aunts. They 2116 announced that as they would be near the stables that day and 2117 the following, they would like to fetch her and take her out with 2118 them. 2119 ‘Blow!’ said Henrietta, ungratefully. ‘Great-Aunts Hannah and 2120 Lucy would choose this very week to come along and see me! 2121 Just when Julian and Dick are here, and everything is such 2122 fun. Can’t I phone and say I’m too busy, Mrs Johnson?’ 2123 ‘Certainly not,’ said Mrs Johnson, shocked. ‘That would be very 2124 rude, Henry, and you know it. You’re having the whole of the 2125 Easter holidays here, and yet you think you can’t spare two 2126 days. As a matter of fact I shall be glad if your aunts do take 2127 you off my hands for a couple of days.’ 2128 ‘Why?’ asked Henry, astonished. ‘Have I been a nuisance?’ 2129

2120 ungratefully (adv) – ingratamente, com ingratidão 2126 spare (to) – passar sem, privar-se de, dispensar, ceder 2129 nuisance (s) – maçada, incómodo, aborrecimento

Page 81: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

81

‘Oh no, but I’ve had two letters this morning telling me that four 2130 children are coming unexpectedly,’ said Mrs Johnson. ‘They 2131 were not supposed to come till three of the others left this 2132 week-end, but there you are! These things happen. Where I 2133 am to put them I really don’t know!’ 2134 ‘Oh dear!’ said Anne. ‘Do you think Dick and Julian ought to go 2135 home, Mrs Johnson? You didn’t plan for them, you know, they 2136 just came.’ 2137 ‘Yes. I know,’ said Mrs Johnson. ‘But we’re more or less used 2138 to that, and I do like having bigger boys, I must say, they’re 2139 such a help. Now let me see. What can we do?’ 2140 Captain Johnson came in, looking hurried. ‘I’ve just had a 2141 telegram, dear,’ he said. ‘I’ve got to go down to the station. 2142 Those two new horses have arrived. Two days before I wanted 2143 them - what a nuisance!’ 2144 ‘This is one of those days!’ said Mrs Johnson, desperately. 2145 ‘Good gracious, how many shall we be in the house? And 2146 however many horses shall we have? No, I can’t count this 2147 morning. I’m all muddle-headed!’ 2148 Anne felt that it was a pity that she and George and the boys 2149 couldn’t immediately pack and go home. After all, poor Mrs 2150 Johnson had thought that she and George would have gone 2151 home three or four days ago, and instead of that they had 2152 stayed on and the boys had arrived as well! 2153 Anne hurried to find Julian. He would know what to do. She 2154 found him with Dick, carrying straw for the stables. 2155 ‘Julian! Listen! I want to talk to you,’ said Anne. Julian let the 2156 load of straw slip to the ground, and turned to Anne. 2157

2147 how many? - quantos? 2148 muddle (s) – confusão, desordem, embrulhada, trapalhada, baralhada 2157 slip (to) – escorregar, resvalar

Page 82: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

82

‘What’s up?’ he said. ‘Don’t tell me it’s a row between George 2158 and Henry again, because I shan’t listen!’ 2159 ‘No. Nothing like that,’ said Anne. ‘It’s Mrs Johnson. She’s got 2160 four children coming unexpectedly, before the others go. She’s 2161 in a great state about it, and I wondered what we could do to 2162 help. You see, she didn’t expect any of us four to be here this 2163 week.’ 2164 ‘No. That’s true,’ said Julian, sitting down on his straw. ‘Let’s 2165 think hard.’ 2166 ‘It’s easy!’ said Dick. ‘We’ll simply take our tents, some food, 2167 and go and camp out on the moor by some spring. WHAT 2168 could be nicer?’ 2169 ‘Oh yes!’ said Anne, her eyes shining. ‘Oh Dick, that’s a 2170 marvellous idea! Mrs Johnson will get rid of us all and Timmy 2171 too, then, and we would have a lovely time all by ourselves!’ 2172 ‘Killing quite a lot of birds with one stone!’ said Julian. ‘We’ve 2173 got a couple of tents in our kit, Anne. Very small ones, but 2174 they’ll do. And we can borrow rubber sheets to put on the 2175 heather, though it’s as dry as a bone, as far as I can see!’ 2176 ‘I’ll go and tell George!’ said Anne, joyfully. ‘Let’s go today, 2177 Julian, and be out of the way before the new children come. 2178 Captain Johnson’s got two new horses coming too. He’ll be 2179 very glad to have a few of us out of the way!’ 2180 She flew off to tell George. George was busy polishing some 2181 harness, a job she liked very much. She listened to Anne’s 2182 excited tale. Henry was there too, looking gloomy. She looked 2183 gloomier still at the end. 2184

2159 listen (to) – estar atento, prestar atenção, ouvir 2162 state (s) – agitação, excitação, emoção (estado, condição, situação) 2175 rubber sheet - folha de borracha; 2176 bone (s) - osso 2176 as far as - até 2183 gloomy (adj) – triste, deprimido

Page 83: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

83

‘It’s too bad,’ she said, when Anne had finished. ‘I could have 2185 come with you if it hadn’t been for these great-aunts of mine. 2186 WHY did they have to come just at this very moment! Don’t 2187 you think it’s maddening?’ 2188 Neither Anne nor George thought it was maddening. They 2189 were secretly very pleased indeed to think that they could once 2190 more go off entirely on their own, with Timmy, as they had so 2191 often done before. But they would have had to ask Henry if her 2192 aunts hadn’t written at this very lucky moment! 2193 George didn’t like to show how delighted she was to think of 2194 going off camping on the moor. She and Anne did a little 2195 comforting of poor Henry and then went off to make 2196 arrangements with Mrs Johnson. 2197 ‘Well, that’s a very bright idea of Dick’s!’ she said in delight. ‘It 2198 solves a whole lot of problems. And I know you don’t mind. 2199 You’re thrilled at the chance, aren’t you! It’s really very helpful. 2200 I only wish poor Henry could go too, but she must go out with 2201 her old great-aunts. They adore her!’ 2202 ‘Of course she must,’ said George, solemnly. She and Anne 2203 exchanged a look. Poor Henry. But really, it would be very nice 2204 to be without her for a little while. 2205 Everyone began to be suddenly very busy. Dick and Julian 2206 undid their packs to find out exactly what was in them. Mrs 2207 Johnson looked out rubber sheets and old rugs. She was a 2208 wonder at producing things like that! 2209 William wanted to go with them and help to carry the things, 2210 but nobody wanted his help. They just wanted to be off and 2211 away by themselves, just the Five and nobody else! Timmy 2212

2189 maddening (adj) – exasperante, desesperante, de enlouquecer 2209 produce (to) - preparar

Page 84: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

84

caught the excitement too and his tail thumped and wagged 2213 the whole morning. 2214 ‘You’ll be pretty well loaded,’ said Mrs Johnson, doubtfully. ‘It’s 2215 a good thing that fine weather is forecast, or you’d have to take 2216 macs as well. Still, I imagine you won’t go very far on the 2217 moors, will you? You can easily get back to the stable if you 2218 have forgotten anything, or want more food.’ 2219 They were ready at last, and went to find Henry to say good-2220 bye. She stared at them mournfully. She had changed into a 2221 smart little coat and dress. She looked completely different and 2222 very gloomy. 2223 ‘What part of the moor are you going to?’ she asked eagerly. 2224 ‘Up the railway?’ 2225 ‘Yes. We thought we would,’ said Julian. ‘Just to see where it 2226 goes to. And it’s a nice straight way to follow. We can’t lose our 2227 way if we keep near the railway!’ 2228 ‘Have a good time, Henry,’ said George, with a grin. ‘Do they 2229 call you Henrietta?’ 2230 ‘Yes,’ said poor Henry, putting on a pair of gloves. ‘Well, good-2231 bye. For goodness’ sake don’t stay away too long. Thank 2232 goodness you’re all such a hungry lot. You’ll simply have to 2233 come back and get more food in a couple of days!’ 2234 They grinned and left her, Timmy at their heels. They made 2235 their way to the moor, intending to cut out the part of the 2236 railway that ran to Milling Green, and join it some way before 2237 that. 2238 ‘Now we’re off,’ said George, contentedly. ‘Without that 2239 chatterbox of a Henry.’ 2240

2216 forecast (to) – prever, prognosticar, predizer 2224 eagerly (adv) – avidamente, ardentemente 2231 put on (to) – vestir roupa 2231 glove (s) – luva 2236 intend (to) – planear, tencionar 2236 cut out (to) – pôr de parte, excluir, eliminar 2239 contentedly (adv) – com satisfação 2240 chatterbox (s) – tagarela, fala-barato

Page 85: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

85

‘She’s really not too bad,’ said Dick. ‘All the same, it’s fine to be 2241 on our own, just the Famous Five together!’ 2242 2243 2244 Chapter Twelve 2245 2246 THE LITTLE RAILWAY 2247 2248 It was a very hot day. The five had had their lunch before they 2249 started, as Mrs Johnson said it would be easier to carry that 2250 inside than outside! 2251 Even Timmy carried something. George said that he ought to 2252 do his share, and had neatly fastened a bag of his pet biscuits 2253 on his back. 2254 ‘There now!’ she said. ‘You’ve got your load too. No, don’t try 2255 and sniff the biscuits all the time, Timmy. You can’t walk with 2256 your head screwing round like that. You ought to be used to 2257 the smell of biscuits by this time!’ 2258 They set off to the railway line, or where they hoped it would 2259 be. It took a little time to discover it running under the heather. 2260 Julian was glad. He didn’t want to walk right into Milling Green 2261 to find the beginning of it and then walk all the way up again! 2262 Anne found it by tripping over it! ‘Oh!’ she said, ‘here it is! I 2263 caught my foot in a bit of rusty line. Look you can hardly see it!’ 2264 ‘Good,’ said Julian, and stepped in between the narrow pair of 2265 old, rusty lines. In some places they had rusted away, and 2266 there were gaps. In other places the heather had grown 2267 completely over the lines, and unless the children had known 2268

2257 screw (to) – girar como parafuso 2263 trip (to) - tropeçar 2267 gap (s) – falha, vazio, lacuna

Page 86: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

86

that they must keep straight forward, they would have lost 2269 them completely. As it was they sometimes missed them and 2270 once had to do quite a bit of scrabbling about in the heather to 2271 see if they could feel them. 2272 It was very hot. Their packs began to feel distinctly heavy. 2273 Timmy’s biscuits began to slide round his body and eventually 2274 hung below his tummy. He didn’t like that, and George 2275 suddenly spied him sitting down trying to prise open the bag 2276 with his teeth! 2277 She put down her own pack and adjusted Timmy’s. ‘If only you 2278 didn’t keep chasing rabbits, and making your pack swing 2279 about, it wouldn’t slip,’ she said. ‘There now, it’s all right again, 2280 Tim. Walk to heel and it won’t slip any more.’ 2281 They went on and on up the railway lines. Sometimes the rails 2282 took a curve round an unexpected rock. Soon the soil began to 2283 look sandy, and the heather did not grow so thickly. It was 2284 easier to see the lines, though in some places the sand had 2285 sifted over them and hidden them. 2286 ‘I really must have a rest!’ said Anne, sitting down in some 2287 heather. ‘I feel I want to pant and hang my tongue out like 2288 Timmy!’ 2289 ‘I wonder how far these lines go,’ said Dick. ‘It’s so very sandy 2290 now underfoot that I feel we must be getting near the quarry!’ 2291 They lay back in the heather and felt very sleepy. Julian 2292 yawned and sat up. 2293 ‘This really won’t do!’ he said. ‘If we fall asleep we’ll never want 2294 to start off with our heavy packs again. Stir yourselves, lazy-2295 bones!’ 2296

2276 prize something open (to) - abrir algo à força 2281 be at somebody's heels (to) - seguir alguém de perto, andar atrás de alguém, não deixar alguém 2282 sift over (to) – polvilhar, peneirar, cobrir com camada fina

Page 87: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

87

They all got up again. Timmy’s biscuits had slithered round to 2297 his tummy once more, and George had to put them right again. 2298 Timmy stood quietly, panting, his tongue hanging out. He 2299 thought the biscuits were a great nuisance. It would be much 2300 easier to eat them! 2301 The sand got deeper and soon there were big sandy patches 2302 with no heather or grass at all. The wind blew the sand up in 2303 the air, and the five found that they had to shut their eyes 2304 against it. 2305 ‘I say! The lines end here!’ said Julian, stopping suddenly. 2306 ‘Look, they’re broken, wrenched out of place, the engine 2307 couldn’t go any farther.’ 2308 ‘They may appear again a bit farther on,’ said Dick, and went 2309 to look. But he couldn’t find any, and came back to look at the 2310 lines again. 2311 ‘It’s funny,’ he said. ‘We aren’t at any quarry yet, are we! I quite 2312 thought that the line would run right to the quarry, the trucks 2313 would fill up there, and the engine would pull them back to 2314 Milling Green. Where is the quarry? Why do the lines stop so 2315 suddenly here?’ 2316 ‘Yes. The quarry should be near here, shouldn’t it?’ said Julian. 2317 ‘Well, there simply must be more lines somewhere! Ones that 2318 go to the quarry. Let’s look for the quarry first, though. We 2319 ought to see that easily enough!’ 2320 But it wasn’t really very easy to find because it was behind a 2321 great mass of thick tall gorse-bushes. Dick rounded them and 2322 stopped. Behind the enormous spread of bushes was a great 2323 pit, a sandy pit, quarried and hollowed for its beautiful sand. 2324

2297 slither (to) – resvalar, deslizar 2324 pit (s) – cova, escavação, fosso

Page 88: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

88

‘Here it is!’ called Dick. ‘Come and look! My word, there’s been 2325 some quarrying here for sand. They must have taken tons and 2326 tons out of it!’ 2327 The others came to look. It certainly was an enormous pit, 2328 deep and wide. They put their packs beside it and leapt down. 2329 Their feet sank into the fine sand. 2330 ‘The sides are pitted with holes,’ said Dick. ‘I bet hundreds of 2331 sand-martins nest here in May!’ 2332 ‘There are even some caves,’ said George, in surprise. ‘Sand-2333 caves! Well, we can easily shelter here if we have rain. Some 2334 of these caves seem to go quite a long way back.’ 2335 ‘Yes. But I’d be a bit afraid of the sand falling in and burying 2336 me, if I crawled in,’ said Anne. ‘It’s quite loose, look!’ She 2337 scraped some down with her hand. 2338 ‘I’ve found the lines!’ called Julian. ‘Here, look. The sand has 2339 almost covered them. I trod on a rail and it was so rotten it 2340 broke beneath my foot!’ 2341 The others went to see, Timmy too. He was quite delighted 2342 with this place. The rabbit-holes in it! What fun he was going to 2343 have! 2344 ‘Let’s follow these lines,’ said Julian. So they kicked away the 2345 sand from the rails and followed them slowly out of the quarry 2346 and towards the ends of the other broken lines. 2347 About ten yards from these the lines they were following were 2348 wrenched apart. Some were flung into nearby heather, and 2349 could be seen there, bent and rusty. 2350 The children stared at them. ‘I guess the gypsies did that, 2351 when the Bartles were here years ago,’ said Dick. ‘The day 2352

2324 quarry (to) – procurar qualquer coisa (caça por ex, documentos, etc.), extrair qualquer coisa 2337 crawl in (to) - rastejar 2346 follow out (to) – prosseguir até ao fim com um plano ou ideia

Page 89: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

89

they attacked them perhaps. I say look, whatever’s that great 2353 lump over there, with gorse growing over it?’ 2354 They went to see. Timmy saw the lump and couldn’t make it 2355 out. He growled warningly at it. 2356 Julian took up a broken piece of rail and forced back the gorse 2357 bush that had grown over and around the great lump, almost 2358 hiding it. 2359 ‘See what it is?’ he said, startled. 2360 They all stared. ‘Why, it’s the engine! The little “injin” old Ben 2361 the blacksmith told us about!’ said Dick. ‘It must have run right 2362 off the broken lines and over-turned here, and through the 2363 years these great gorse-bushes grew up and hid it. Poor old 2364 engine!’ 2365 Julian forced the gorse back a little more. ‘What a funny old-2366 fashioned affair!’ he said. ‘Look at the funnel, and the fat little 2367 boiler. And see, there’s the small cab. It can’t have had much 2368 power, only just enough to puff along with a few trucks!’ 2369 ‘What happened to the trucks?’ wondered Anne. 2370 ‘Well, they would be easy enough to set upright again and put 2371 on the rails, and hand-pushed to Milling Green,’ said Dick. ‘But 2372 this engine couldn’t be lifted, except by some kind of 2373 machinery. Not even a dozen men could lift it and set it on the 2374 rails!’ 2375 ‘The gypsies must have set on the Bartles in the mist, having 2376 first broken up the lines so that the engine would run off and 2377 overturn,’ said Julian. ‘They may even have used the broken 2378 rails to attack them with. Anyway, they won the battle, because 2379 not one of the Bartles ever returned.’ 2380

2354 lump (s) – inchaço, protuberância, coisa alta 2363 overturn (to) – virar, voltar-se, derrubar 2367 funnel (s) – tubo de chaminé (funil) 2368 boiler (s) - caldeira 2368 cab (s) – cabina de condutor

Page 90: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

90

‘Some of the villagers must have gone to see what became of 2381 them and have got the trucks back on the lines and pushed 2382 them to Milling Green,’ said George, trying to reconstruct the 2383 long-ago happenings in her mind. ‘But they couldn’t do 2384 anything about the engine.’ 2385 ‘That’s about it,’ said Julian. ‘My word, what a shock for the 2386 Bartles when they saw the gypsies creeping out at them from 2387 the mist, like shadows!’ 2388 ‘I hope we don’t dream about this tonight,’ said Anne. 2389 They went back to the quarry. ‘This wouldn’t be a bad place to 2390 camp in,’ said Dick. ‘The sand is so dry and so soft. We could 2391 make lovely beds for ourselves. We wouldn’t need the tents 2392 up, either, because the sides of the quarry shelter us 2393 beautifully from the wind.’ 2394 ‘Yes. Let’s camp here,’ said Anne, pleased. ‘There are quite a 2395 lot of nice holes to store our things in.’ 2396 ‘What about water?’ asked George. ‘We want to be fairly near 2397 it, don’t we? Timmy, find some water! Drink, Timmy, drink! 2398 Aren’t you thirsty! Your tongue looks as if it is, the way you are 2399 hanging it out like a flag!’ 2400 Timmy put his head on one side as George talked to him. 2401 Water? Drink? He knew what both those words meant! He ran 2402 off, sniffing the air. George watched him. 2403 He disappeared round a bush and was away for about half a 2404 minute. When he came back George gave a pleased shout. 2405 ‘He’s found some water! Look - his mouth is all wet! Timmy, 2406 where is it?’ 2407

2387 creep out (to) – sair sorrateiramente

Page 91: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

91

Timmy wagged his tail vigorously, glad that George was 2408 pleased with him. He ran round the bush again and the others 2409 followed. 2410 He led them to a little green patch and stopped. A spring 2411 bubbled up like a small fountain, dancing a little in the 2412 sunshine. The water fell from it into a little channel it had made 2413 for itself in the sand, ran away for a short distance, and then 2414 disappeared underground again. 2415 ‘Thank you, Tim,’ said George. ‘Julian, is the water all right to 2416 drink here?’ 2417 ‘Well I can see some that is!’ said Julian, pointing to the right. 2418 ‘The Bartles must have put a pipe in that bank, look, and 2419 caught another spring there, a much bigger one. It’s as clear 2420 as can be. That will do fme for us!’ 2421 ‘Good,’ said Anne, pleased. ‘It’s hardly any way from the 2422 quarry. It’s as cold as ice, too - feel!’ 2423 They felt, and then they drank from their palms. How cold and 2424 pure! The moor must be full of these little bubbling springs, 2425 welling up from underground. That explained the brilliant green 2426 patches here and there. 2427 ‘Now let’s sit down and have some tea,’ said Anne, unpacking 2428 the bag she had carried. ‘It’s too hot to feel really hungry.’ 2429 ‘Oh no, it isn’t,’ said Dick. ‘Speak for yourself, Anne!’ 2430 They sat in the sunny quarry, the sand warm to their legs. ‘Far 2431 away from everybody!’ said Anne, pleased. ‘Nobody near us 2432 for miles!’ 2433 But she wasn’t quite right. There was somebody much nearer 2434 than she thought! 2435

2412 bubble (to) – murmurar de água (som) 2412 fountain (s) – fonte, fontanário 2421 fme?? Será ‘fine’? 2426 well up (to) – brotar, manar

Page 92: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

92

2436 Chapter Thirteen 2437 2438 A NOISE IN THE NIGHT 2439 2440 It was Timmy who first knew there was somebody not far off. 2441 He pricked up his ears and listened. George saw him. 2442 ‘What is it, Tim?’ she said. ‘Nobody is coming here, surely?’ 2443 Timmy gave a tiny growl, as if he were not quite sure of 2444 himself. Then he leapt up, his tail wagging, and tore out of the 2445 quarry! 2446 ‘Where’s he gone to?’ said George astonished. ‘Gosh, here he 2447 is, back again!’ 2448 So he was, and with him was a funny little hearthrug of a dog - 2449 yes, Liz! She was not quite sure of her welcome and crawled 2450 up to the children on her tummy, looking more like a hearthrug 2451 than ever! 2452 Timmy leapt round her in delight. She might have been his 2453 very best friend, he was so delighted! George patted the funny 2454 little dog and Julian looked thoughtful. 2455 ‘I hope this doesn’t mean that we are anywhere near the gypsy 2456 camp,’ he said. ‘It’s quite likely that the lines might end 2457 somewhere near them. I’ve rather lost my sense of direction.’ 2458 ‘Oh goodness, I do HOPE we’re not near their camp!’ said 2459 Anne, in dismay. ‘Those old-time gypsies must have camped 2460 pretty near to the Bartles’ quarry before they attacked them, so 2461 perhaps the present camp is near too.’ 2462

2450 crawl up (to) - rastejar

Page 93: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

93

‘Well, what’s it matter if it is?’ said Dick. ‘Who’s afraid of them? 2463 I’m not!’ 2464 They all sat still, thinking hard, Liz licking Anne’s hand. And in 2465 the silence they heard an all-too-familiar sound. 2466 Sniff! Sniff! 2467 ‘Sniffer!’ called George. ‘Come on out, wherever you are 2468 hiding. I can hear you!’ 2469 A pair of legs stuck out from a great clump of heather at the 2470 edge of the quarry, and then the whole of Sniffer’s wiry little 2471 body slithered out and down into the sand. He sat there, 2472 grinning at them, half-afraid to come any nearer in case they 2473 were cross with him. 2474 ‘What are you doing here?’ said Dick. ‘Not spying on us, I 2475 hope?’ 2476 ‘No,’ said Sniffer, ‘Our camp isn’t very far away. Liz heard you, 2477 I think, and ran off. I followed her.’ 2478 ‘Oh blow. We hoped we weren’t near anyone else,’ said 2479 George. ‘Does anyone at your camp know we’re here.’ 2480 ‘Not yet,’ said Sniffer. ‘But they’ll find out. They always do. I 2481 won’t tell, though, if you don’t want me to.’ 2482 Dick tossed him a biscuit. ‘Well, keep your mouth shut if you 2483 can,’ he said. ‘We’re not interfering with anyone and we don’t 2484 want anyone interfering with us. See?’ 2485 Sniffer nodded. He suddenly put his hand in his pocket and 2486 pulled out the red and white hanky that George had given him. 2487 It was still clean and beautifully folded. 2488 ‘Not dirty yet!’ he said to George. 2489

2472 slither out (to) – resvalar, escorregar 2483 toss (to) – lançar, atirar, arremessar

Page 94: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

94

‘Well, it ought to be,’ said George. ‘It’s for your sniffs. No don’t 2490 use your coat-sleeve.’ 2491 Sniffer simply could not understand why he should use a 2492 beautiful clean hanky when he had a dirty coat-sleeve. He put 2493 the hanky carefully back into his pocket. 2494 Liz ran to him and fawned on him. Sniffer fondled the peculiar 2495 little creature, and then Timmy went over and played with them 2496 both. The four finished their tea, threw Sniffer one last biscuit, 2497 and got up to put their things away safely. Now that Sniffer was 2498 about, and the gypsy camp near, they didn’t feel it was terribly 2499 safe to leave anything unguarded or unhidden. 2500 ‘Scoot off, now, Sniffer,’ said Julian. ‘And no spying on us, 2501 mind! Timmy will know immediately you arrive anywhere near, 2502 and come hunting for you. If you want to see us, give a whistle 2503 when you get near. No creeping or slipping into the quarry. 2504 Understand?’ 2505 ‘Yes,’ said Sniffer, standing up. He took the hanky from his 2506 pocket again, waved it at George, and disappeared with Liz at 2507 his heels. 2508 ‘I’m just going to see exactly how near to the gypsy camp we 2509 are,’ Julian said. He walked to the entrance of the quarry and 2510 up on to the moor. He looked in the direction that Sniffer had 2511 gone. Yes, there was the hill in the shelter of which the gypsies 2512 had their caravans. It wasn’t more than a quarter of a mile 2513 away. Blow! Still, it was far enough for the gypsies not to 2514 discover them, unless by chance. 2515

2495 fawn (to) – esfregar-se em, bajular, adular servilmente 2501 scoot off/away (to) – pôr-se a andar, pôr-se a mexer 2502 mind! – atenção!, cuidado!

Page 95: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

95

‘Or unless Sniffer gives the game away,’ thought Julian. ‘Well, 2516 we’ll spend the night here, anyway, and we can move off 2517 somewhere else tomorrow if we feel like it.’ 2518 They felt rather energetic that evening and played a ball game 2519 in the quarry, in which Timmy joined wholeheartedly. But as he 2520 always got the ball before anyone else did they had to tie him 2521 up in order to get a game themselves. Timmy was very cross. 2522 He turned his back on them and sulked. 2523 ‘He looks like you now, George,’ said Dick, grinning, and got 2524 the ball bang on the side of his head from an angry George! 2525 Nobody wanted much supper. Julian took a little aluminium jug 2526 to the spring and filled it once for everyone. It really was lovely 2527 water from that bubbling spring! 2528 ‘I wonder how Henry’s getting on,’ said Anne. ‘Spoilt to bits by 2529 her great-aunts. I expect. Didn’t she look odd in proper clothes, 2530 gloves and all!’ 2531 ‘Yes, she ought to have been a boy,’ said Dick. ‘Like you, 2532 George,’ he added hastily. ‘Both of you are real sports, plucky 2533 as anything.’ 2534 ‘How do you know Henry’s plucky?’ said George, scornfully. 2535 ‘Only by her silly tales! I bet they’re all made-up and 2536 exaggerated.’ 2537 Julian changed the subject. ‘Shall we want rugs tonight, do you 2538 think?’ he said. 2539 ‘Rather! It may be warm now, and the sand is hot with the sun, 2540 but it won’t be quite so nice when it’s gone down,’ said Anne. 2541 ‘Anyway we can always creep into one of those cosy little 2542

2530 proper (adj) – adequado, apropriado, conveniente 2531 glove (s) - luva 2533 hastily (adv) – apressadamente, precipitadamente, com vivacidade 2533 plucky (adj) – corajoso, resoluto, destemido, ousado 2535 make up (to) – inventar uma história ou desculpa ♣♣♣ make up one's mind (to) (to) - decidir-se (a); resolver 2542 cosy (adj) - confortável, acolhedor, cómodo

2516 give away (to) – trair, atraiçoar 2518 feel like (to) – apetecer, sentir-se disposto a 2520 wholeheartedly (adv) – sinceramente, com todo o empenho, totalmente, sem reservas, incondicionalmente, de corpo e alma 2521 tie up (to) – atar, amarrar, prender 2526 aluminium (adj) – de alumínio 2526 jug (s) – jarro, caneca 2529 spoilt (adj) – estragado com mimos 2529 spoil (to) – estragar com mimos, estragar, prejudicar

Page 96: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

96

caves if we feel chilly. They’re as warm as toast. I went into 2543 one, so I know.’ 2544 They settled down quite early to sleep. The boys took one side 2545 of the quarry, the girls the other. Tim, as usual, was on 2546 George’s feet, much to Anne’s discomfort. 2547 ‘He’s on mine too,’ she complained to George. ‘He’s so long, 2548 he stretches over my feet as well. Move him, George.’ 2549 So George moved him, but as soon as Anne was asleep he 2550 stretched out again and lay on both girls’ legs. He slept with 2551 one ear open. 2552 He heard a scurrying hedgehog. He heard all the rabbits out 2553 for a night-time game. He heard the frogs in a far-off pool 2554 croaking in the night. His sharp ear even heard the tinkle of the 2555 little spring outside the pit. 2556 Nobody moved in the quarry. There was a small moon but it 2557 gave very little light. The stars that studded the sky seemed to 2558 give more light than the moon. 2559 Timmy’s one open ear suddenly pricked itself right up. Then 2560 the other ear stood up too. Timmy was still asleep but his ears 2561 were both listening very hard! 2562 A low, humming sound came slowly over the night. It came 2563 nearer and nearer. Timmy awoke properly and sat up, 2564 listening, his eyes wide open now. 2565 The sound was now very loud indeed. Dick awoke and 2566 listened. What was that noise? An aeroplane? It must be jolly 2567 low! Surely it wasn’t about to land on the moor in the dark! 2568 He woke Julian and they both got up and went out of the 2569 quarry. ‘It’s an aeroplane all right,’ said Dick, in a low voice. 2570

2543 feel chilly (to) - estar com frio; sentir frio 2548 complain (to) – queixar-se, lamentar-se 2553 scurry (to) – fugir precipitadamente, correr 2553 hedgehog (s) – ouriço-cacheiro 2556 pit (s) – cova, escavação 2558 stud (to) – salpicar, encher, juncar 2563 hum (to) – zumbir, sussurrar

Page 97: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

97

‘What’s it doing? It doesn’t seem to be going to land. It’s gone 2571 round in a low circle two or three times.’ 2572 ‘Is it in trouble, do you think?’ asked Julian. ‘Here it comes 2573 again.’ 2574 ‘Look, what’s that light over there?’ suddenly said Dick, 2575 pointing to the east. ‘See, that sort of glow. It’s not very far 2576 from the gypsies’ camp.’ 2577 ‘I don’t know,’ said Julian, puzzled. ‘It’s not a fire, is it? We 2578 can’t see any flames and it doesn’t seem to flicker like a fire 2579 would.’ 2580 ‘I think it may be some sort of guide to that plane,’ said Dick. ‘It 2581 seems to be circling round and about over the glow. Let’s 2582 watch it.’ 2583 They watched it. Yes, it did seem to be circling round the glow, 2584 whatever it was, and then, quite suddenly it rose in the air, 2585 circled round once more and made off to the east. 2586 ‘There it goes,’ said Dick, straining his eyes. ‘I can’t tell what 2587 kind it is, except that it’s very small.’ 2588 ‘What can it have been doing?’ said Julian, puzzled. ‘I thought 2589 the glow might have been to guide it in landing, though where 2590 it could land here in safety I simply don’t know. But it didn’t 2591 land at all, it just circled and made off’ 2592 ‘Where would it have come from?’ said Dick. ‘From the coast, I 2593 suppose, from over the sea, do you think?’ 2594 ‘I simply don’t know,’ said Julian. ‘It beats me! And why should 2595 the gypsies have anything to do with it? Gypsies and planes 2596 don’t seem to mix, somehow.’ 2597

2579 flicker (to) – tremeluzir, bruxulear, tremular

Page 98: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

98

‘Well, we don’t know that they do have anything to do with the 2598 plane, except that we saw that glow,’ said Dick. ‘And that’s 2599 going now, look.’ 2600 Even as they watched, the bright glow died completely away. 2601 Now the moor lay in darkness again. 2602 ‘Funny,’ said Julian, scratching his head. ‘I can’t make it out. 2603 It’s true that the gypsies may be up to something, the way they 2604 come out here secretly, apparently for no purpose at all, and 2605 also they don’t want us snooping round, that’s clear.’ 2606 ‘I think we’d better try and find out what that glow is,’ said Dick. 2607 ‘We could have a bit of a snoop tomorrow. Or perhaps Sniffer 2608 could tell us.’ 2609 ‘He might,’ said Julian. ‘We’ll try him. Come on, let’s get back 2610 into the quarry. It’s cold out here!’ 2611 The quarry struck quite warm to them as they went down into 2612 it. The girls were sound asleep still. Timmy, who had been with 2613 them, did not wake them. He had been as puzzled as Julian 2614 and Dick over the low-flying plane, but he had not barked at all. 2615 Julian had been glad about that, Timmy’s bark might have 2616 carried right over to the gypsy camp and warned it that 2617 someone was camping near. 2618 They got back under their rug, keeping close to one another for 2619 warmth. But they soon lost their shivers, and Dick threw off his 2620 share of the rug. In a few minutes they were asleep. 2621 Timmy awoke first and stretched himself out in the warm 2622 morning sunshine. Anne sat up with a little scream. ‘Oh Timmy, 2623 don’t! You nearly squashed me to bits. Do that to George if you 2624 must stretch yourself all over somebody!’ 2625

2606 snoop (to) – bisbilhotar, mexericar 2612 strike (to) – chamar a atenção, impressionar, surpreender, dar nas vistas 2620 shiver (s) – arrepio, calafrio, estremecimento ♣♣♣ shiver (to) – tremer, tiritar de frio 2624 squash (to) – esmagar, espremer, esborrachar

Page 99: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

99

The boys awoke then, and went to the spring to splash their 2626 faces and bring back a jugful of water to drink. Anne got the 2627 breakfast, and over it the boys told the girls of the aeroplane in 2628 the night. 2629 ‘How queer!’ said Anne. ‘And that glow too. It must have been 2630 a guide of some sort to the plane. Let’s go and see where it 2631 was. It must have been a fire of some kind!’ 2632 ‘Right,’ said Dick. ‘I vote we go this morning, but we’ll take Tim 2633 with us in case we meet those gypsies!’ 2634 2635

2627 jugful (s) – caneco ou jarro cheio

Page 100: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

100

Chapter Fourteen 2636 2637 THE GYPSIES ARE NOT PLEASED 2638 2639 Julian and Dick went to stand where they had stood the night 2640 before, trying to see exactly in what direction the glow had 2641 been. 2642 ‘I think it was beyond the gypsies’ camp, to the left,’ said 2643 Julian. ‘What do you think, Dick?’ 2644 ‘Yes. That’s about it,’ said Dick. ‘Shall we go now?’ He raised 2645 his voice. ‘We’re going, George and Anne. Are you coming? 2646 We can leave our stuff here, tucked away in the caves 2647 because we shan’t be very long.’ 2648 George called back. ‘Julian, I think Timmy’s got a thorn in his 2649 foot or something. He’s limping. Anne and I think we’ll stay 2650 here with him and try to get it out. You go, but for goodness’ 2651 sake don’t get into trouble with the gypsies!’ 2652 ‘We shan’t,’ said Julian. ‘We’ve as much right on this moor as 2653 they have and they know it. All right, we’ll leave you two here 2654 then with Timmy. Sure you don’t want any help with his paw?’ 2655 ‘Oh no,’ said George. ‘I can manage, thank you.’ 2656 The two boys went off, leaving Anne and George fussing over 2657 Timmy’s paw. He had leapt into a gorse bush after a rabbit and 2658 a thorn had gone right into his left fore-paw. Then it had broken 2659 off, leaving the point in poor Timmy’s pad. No wonder he 2660 limped! George was going to have quite a time trying to ease 2661 out the bit of thorn. 2662

2649 thorn (s) – espinho, pico 2659 fore (adj) – da frente

Page 101: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

101

Julian and Dick set off over the moor. It was a day like 2663 summer, far too warm for April. There was not a single cloud to 2664 be seen in the sky, which was as blue as forget-me-nots. The 2665 boys felt too hot in their pullovers and longed to take them off. 2666 But that would mean carrying them, which would be an awful 2667 nuisance. 2668 The gypsy camp was not really far away. They soon came 2669 near to the curious hill that stood up from the flatness of the 2670 moor. The caravans still stood in its shelter, and the boys saw 2671 that a little group of men were sitting together, talking 2672 earnestly. 2673 ‘I bet they’re having a jaw about that aeroplane last night,’ said 2674 Dick. ‘And I bet it was they who set that light or fire, or 2675 whatever it was, to guide it. I wonder why it didn’t land.’ 2676 They kept in the shelter of big gorse bushes, as they skirted 2677 the camp. They were not particularly anxious to be seen. The 2678 dogs, sitting round the group of men, apparently did not see or 2679 hear them, which was lucky. 2680 The boys made their way towards the place where they 2681 thought they had seen the glow, some way to the left of the 2682 camp, and beyond it. 2683 ‘Doesn’t seem to be anything out of the ordinary anywhere,’ 2684 said Julian, stopping and looking round. ‘I was expecting to 2685 see a big burnt patch, or something.’ 2686 ‘Wait - what’s in that dip over there?’ said Dict, pointing to 2687 where the ground seemed to dip downwards. ‘It looks like 2688 another old quarry, rather like the one we’re camping in, but 2689 smaller, much smaller. I bet that’s where the fire was!’ 2690

2674 jaw (s) – conversa, cavaqueira (queixo, maxila) 2677 skirt (to) – circundar, contornar 2687 dip (s) – cova ou depressão no solo, declive (mergulho, imersão) ♣♣♣ pit (s) – cova, escavação, fosso 2688 dip (to) - afundar

Page 102: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

102

They made their way to the quarry. It was much more 2691 overgrown than theirs was, and was evidently one that had 2692 been worked at an earlier time. It dipped down to quite a pit in 2693 the middle and set there was something unusual. What was it? 2694 The boys scrambled down into the pit-like quarry and made 2695 their way to the middle. They stared at the big thing that was 2696 set there, pointing to the sky. 2697 ‘It’s a lamp, a powerful lamp of some kind,’ said Dick. ‘Like 2698 those we see making a flare-path at an aerodrome, guiding 2699 planes in to land. Fancy seeing one here!’ 2700 ‘How did the gypsies get it?’ wondered Dick, puzzled. ‘And why 2701 signal to a plane that doesn’t land? It looked as if it wanted to, 2702 circling round low like that.’ 2703 ‘Maybe the gypsies signalled that it wasn’t safe to land for 2704 some reason,’ said Julian. ‘Or perhaps they were going to give 2705 something to the pilot and it wasn’t ready.’ 2706 ‘Well, it’s a puzzle,’ said Dick. ‘I can’t imagine what’s going on. 2707 Something is, that’s certain. Let’s snoop round a bit.’ 2708 They found nothing else, except a trail that led to the lamp and 2709 back. Just as they were examining it, a shout came to their 2710 ears. They swung round - and saw the figure of a gypsy at the 2711 edge of the pit. 2712 ‘What are you doing here?’ he shouted, in a harsh voice. He 2713 was joined by a few others, and they all looked threateningly at 2714 Julian and Dick as they climbed out of the pit. 2715 Julian decided to be honest. ‘We’re camping out on the moor 2716 for a night or two,’ he said, ‘and we heard a plane last night, 2717 circling low. We also saw a glow that appeared to be guiding it, 2718

2699 flare (adj) – brilhante, luminoso, cintilante

Page 103: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

103

and we came along to see what it was. Did you hear the 2719 plane?’ 2720 ‘Mebbe we did and mebbe we didn’t,’ said the nearest gypsy, 2721 who was Sniffer’s father. ‘What of it? Planes fly over this moor 2722 any day!’ 2723 ‘We found that powerful lamp,’ said Dick, pointing back at it. 2724 ‘Do you know anything about that?’ 2725 ‘Nothing,’ said the gypsy scowling. ‘What lamp?’ 2726 ‘Well, as far as I can see there’s no charge for looking at it,’ 2727 said Julian. ‘Go and have a squint, if you don’t know anything 2728 about it! But I can’t believe that you didn’t see the light it gave 2729 last night! It’s a jolly good place to hide it, I must say.’ 2730 ‘We don’t know anything about any lamp,’ said another gypsy, 2731 the old one with grey hair. ‘This is our usual camping-place. 2732 We don’t interfere with anything or anybody - unless they 2733 interfere with us. Then we make them sorry for it.’ 2734 The boys at once thought of the long-ago mystery of the 2735 disappearance of the Bartles. They felt quite uncomfortable. 2736 ‘Well, we’re going now, so don’t worry,’ said Julian. ‘We’re only 2737 camping for a night or two, as I said. We won’t come near here 2738 again, if you object to us. 2739 He saw Sniffer creeping up behind the men, with Iiz, who for 2740 some reason of her own, was walking sedately on her hind-2741 legs. Sniffer pulled at his father’s arm. 2742 ‘They’re all right,’ he said. ‘You know our Clip got his leg made 2743 better at the stables. They’re all right!’ 2744

2727 charge for admittance - preço de entrada 2739 object to that (to) - não concordar com isso; objectar 2741 sedatly (adv) – tranquilamente, calmamente

Page 104: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

104

All he got was a savage cuff that sent him to the ground, where 2745 he rolled over and over. Liz dropped down on all fours and 2746 went to lick him. 2747 ‘Here, I say!’ said Julian, shocked. ‘Leave that kid alone! 2748 You’ve no right to hit him like that!’ 2749 Sniffer set up such a yelling that some of the women left the 2750 caravans not far off and came running to see what was up. 2751 One of them began to shout at Sniffer’s father and he shouted 2752 back. Soon there was quite a row going on between the men 2753 and the angry women, one of whom had picked up poor Sniffer 2754 and was dabbing his head with a wet cloth. 2755 ‘Come on, it’s a good time to go,’ said Julian to Dick. ‘What an 2756 unfriendly lot they are, except poor Sniffer, and he was doing 2757 his best for us, poor kid.’ 2758 The two boys went off quickly, glad to be away from the men 2759 and their dogs. They were puzzled about everything. The men 2760 said they knew nothing about the lamp, but they must know 2761 something about it. Nobody but a gypsy could have lighted it 2762 last night. 2763 They went back to the girls and told them what had happened. 2764 ‘Let’s get back to the stables,’ said Anne. ‘There’s something 2765 queer going on. We’ll be in the middle of an adventure before 2766 we know where we are!’ 2767 ‘We’ll stay one more night,’ said Julian. ‘I want to see if that 2768 plane comes again. Those gypsies don’t know where we’re 2769 camping and though Sniffer knows, I’m pretty sure he won’t 2770 tell. It was plucky of him to try and stick up for us to his father.’ 2771

2755 dab (to) – aplicar com pancadinhas 2771 stick up (to) – destacar-se, sobressair

Page 105: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

105

‘All right. We’ll stay,’ said George. ‘I’m not particularly anxious 2772 for Timmy to have that long walk home today. I think I’ve got 2773 most of that thorn out of his pad, but he still won’t put his foot 2774 to the ground.’ 2775 ‘He’s jolly clever at running about on three legs,’ said Dick, 2776 watching Timmy tearing round the quarry, sniffing as usual for 2777 rabbits. 2778 ‘The amount of quarrying that Timmy has done in this pit 2779 already is colossal!’ said Julian, staring round at the places 2780 where Timmy had tried to get in at some rabbit-hole and 2781 scrabbled out big heaps of sand. ‘He would have been a great 2782 help to the Bartles when they dug out sand! Poor old Tim - 2783 your bad foot has stopped you scraping for rabbits, hasn’t it!’ 2784 Timmy ran over on three legs. He enjoyed all the fussing he 2785 got when anything happened to him. He meant to make the 2786 most of his bad foot! 2787 They had a very lazy day indeed. It really was too hot to do 2788 anything much. They went to the little spring and sat with their 2789 feet in the rivulet it made - it was deliciously cool! They went 2790 and had a look at the old engine again, lying on its side, half-2791 buried. 2792 Dick scraped away a lot of the sand that had seeped into the 2793 cab. Soon they were all helping. They uncovered the old 2794 handles and levers and tried to move them. But they couldn’t 2795 of course. 2796 ‘Let’s go round to the other side of the gorse bush and see if 2797 we can see the funnel again,’ said Dick, at last. ‘Blow these 2798

2774 pad (s) – pata (almofada) 2782 scrabble out (to) – esgaravatar, remexer (garatujar, rabiscar 2783 dig out (to) – remover, extrair 2790 rivulet (s) – regato, ribeiro, arroio 2793 seep (to) – penetrar, passar através de 2795 lever (s) - alavanca

Page 106: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

106

thorns. I’m getting pricked all over. Timmy’s very sensible, 2799 sitting there, not attempting to examine this old Puffing Billy!’ 2800 They had to cut away some of the gorse before they could 2801 examine the funnel properly. Then they exclaimed in wonder. 2802 ‘Look! It’s very like the long funnel that Puffing Billy had, you 2803 know, one of the first engines ever made!’ 2804 ‘It’s filled with sand,’ said Dick, and tried to scrape it out. It was 2805 fairly loose, and soon he was able to peer down the funnel 2806 quite a long way. 2807 ‘Funny to think of smoke puffing out of this queer old funnel,’ 2808 said Dick. ‘Poor old engine, lying here for years, quite 2809 forgotten. I’d have thought someone would rescue it!’ 2810 ‘Well, you know what the blacksmith told us,’ said George. ‘The 2811 Bartle sister that was left wouldn’t have anything more to do 2812 with the railway or the engine or the quarry. And certainly 2813 nobody could move this great thing on their own.’ 2814 ‘I shouldn’t be surprised if we’re the only people in the world 2815 who know where the old engine is,’ said Anne. ‘It’s so 2816 overgrown that nobody could see it except by accident!’ 2817 ‘I feel jolly hungry, all of a sudden,’ said Dick, stopping his work 2818 of getting sand off the engine. ‘What about something to eat?’ 2819 ‘We’ve got enough to last for a day or two more,’ said Anne. 2820 ‘Then we’ll have to get something else - or go back to the 2821 stables.’ 2822 ‘I must spend one more night here,’ said Julian. ‘I want to see if 2823 that plane returns again.’ 2824

2800 coloquial puffing billy - a primeira locomotiva a vapor 2806 fairly (adv) – completamente, razoavelmente 2810 rescue (to) – livrar, libertar (socorrer, salvar)

Page 107: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

107

‘Right. We’ll all watch this time,’ said George. ‘It will be fun. 2825 Come on, let’s go and get something to eat. Don’t you think 2826 that’s a good idea, Timmy?’ 2827 Timmy certainly did. He limped off at top speed on three legs, 2828 though really his right fore-paw no longer hurt him. Timmy, 2829 you’re a fraud! 2830 2831 2832 Chapter Fifteen 2833 2834 A STARTLING NIGHT 2835 2836 No gypsies came near them that day, not even Sniffer. The 2837 evening was as lovely as the day had been, and almost as 2838 warm. 2839 ‘It’s extraordinary!’ said Dick, looking up into the sky. ‘What 2840 weather for April! The bluebells will be rushing out soon if the 2841 sun goes on being as hot as this!’ 2842 They lay on the sand in the quarry and watched the evening 2843 star shine in the sky. It looked very big and bright and round. 2844 Timmy scrabbled round in the sand. ‘His paw is much better,’ 2845 said George. ‘Though I notice that he still sometimes holds it 2846 up.’ 2847 ‘Only when he wants you to say “Poor Timmy, does it hurt!” ’ 2848 said Dick. ‘He’s a baby, likes to be fussed!’ 2849 They talked for a while and then Anne yawned. ‘It’s early, I 2850 know - but I believe I’m going to sleep.’ 2851

2828 limp off (to) – coxear, mancar 2830 fraud (s) – aldrabão, intrujão, embusteiro, burlão 2845 scrabble round (to) – esgaravatar, remexer (garatujar, rabiscar

Page 108: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

108

There was soon a trek to the spring, and everyone sluiced 2852 themselves in the cool water. There was only one towel 2853 between them, but that did very well. Then they settled down in 2854 their sandy beds. The sand was beautifully warm and they did 2855 not bother about putting down the rubber sheets. There could 2856 not possibly be any dampness in that quarry after it had been 2857 baked so much by the hot sun! 2858 ‘I hope we wake when that plane comes, if it does come,’ said 2859 Julian to Dick, as they lay without any covering in their soft, 2860 sandy bed. ‘My goodness, isn’t it hot! No wonder Timmy’s 2861 panting over there!’ 2862 They went to sleep at last, but Dick awoke suddenly, feeling 2863 much too hot. Phew! What a night! He lay looking up at the 2864 brilliant stars, and then shut his eyes again. But it was no use, 2865 he couldn’t go to sleep. 2866 He sat up cautiously, so as not to awake Julian. I think I’ll just 2867 go and have a squint to see if that big lamp is lighted again, 2868 down in that pit by the gypsy camp, he thought. 2869 He went to the edge of the quarry and climbed up. He looked 2870 towards the gypsy camp and gave a sudden exclamation. Yes! 2871 he thought. It’s glowing again! I can’t see the lamp, of course, 2872 but its light is so jolly powerful that I can easily see the glow it 2873 makes. It must be very bright, looked down on from the sky. I 2874 wonder if the plane is due to come now that the lamp is lighted. 2875 He listened, and yes, he could distinctly hear a low humming 2876 noise from the east. It must be the plane coming again? Would 2877 it land this time, and if so, who was in it? 2878

2852 trek (s) - caminhada 2852 sluice (to) – lavar com muita água 2853 towel (s) – toalha 2875 be due to (to) - dever-se a; ser causado por

Page 109: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

109

He ran to wake Julian and the girls. Timmy was alert at once, 2879 wagging his tail excitedly. He was always ready for anything, 2880 even in the middle of the night! Anne and George got up too, 2881 very thrilled. 2882 ‘Is the lamp really alight again? And I can hear the plane too 2883 now! Oh, I say! This is exciting! George, Timmy won’t bark and 2884 give us away, will he?’ 2885 ‘No. I’ve told him to be quiet,’ said George. ‘He won’t make a 2886 sound. Listen, the plane is coming nearer!’ 2887 The noise was now loud enough for them to search the starry 2888 sky for the plane. Julian gave Dick a nudge. ‘Look, you can just 2889 see it, straight over where the gypsy camp is!’ 2890 Dick managed to pick it out. ‘It’s very small,’ he said. ‘Smaller 2891 even than I thought it was last night. Look, it’s coming down!’ 2892 But it wasn’t. It merely swept low, and then went round in a 2893 circle, as it had done the night before. It rose a little again and 2894 then came in low once more, almost over the boys’ heads. 2895 Then something extraordinary happened. Something fell not 2896 far from Julian, something that bounced and then came to rest! 2897 It made a thud as it fell, and all four jumped. Timmy gave a 2898 startled whine. 2899 Thud! Something else fell. Thud, thud, thud! Anne gave a 2900 squeal. ‘Are they trying to bomb us or something. Julian, what 2901 are they doing?’ 2902 Thud! Thud! Julian ducked at the last two thuds, they sounded 2903 so near. He took hold of Anne and pulled her down into the 2904 quarry, calling to Dick and George. 2905

2888 starry (adj) - estrelado 2891 pick out (to) – distinguir, descortinar, perceber 2903 duck (to) – desviar-se, baixar-se

Page 110: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

110

‘Get down here, quickly! Force yourselves into the caves 2906 somewhere! We shall get hit!’ 2907 They ran across the quarry as the plane swooped round in a 2908 circle once more and then again began dropping the things 2909 that went ‘thud! thud!’. Some even fell into the quarry this time. 2910 Timmy got the shock of his life when one bounced in front of 2911 his nose and rolled away. He yelped and tore after George. 2912 Soon they were all safely squeezed into the little caves that 2913 lined the sides of the quarry. The plane swept round once 2914 more, up and then round, and the thud-thudding began again. 2915 The four could hear that some of the thuds were actually in the 2916 quarry again and they were thankful they were well sheltered. 2917 ‘Well, nothing is exploding,’ said Dick, thankfully. ‘But what on 2918 earth is the plane dropping? And why? This is a most peculiar 2919 adventure to have.’ 2920 ‘It’s probably a dream,’ said Julian, and laughed. ‘No, not even 2921 a dream could be so mad. Here we are, snuggling into sandy 2922 caves in a quarry on Mystery Moor, while a plane drops 2923 something all round us in the middle of the night! Quite mad.’ 2924 ‘I believe the plane’s going away now,’ said Dick. ‘It’s circled 2925 round but hasn’t dropped anything. Now it’s climbing, it’s going 2926 away! The engine doesn’t sound nearly so loud. Goodness, 2927 when we were standing out there at the edge of the quarry, I 2928 almost thought the plane would take my head off; it was so 2929 low!’ 2930 ‘I thought that too,’ said Anne, very glad that there was to be 2931 no more swooping down and dropping dozens of unknown 2932 things. ‘Is it safe to go out?’ 2933

Page 111: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

111

‘Oh yes,’ said Julian, scrambling out of the sand. ‘Come on. 2934 We shall easily hear if the plane comes back again. I want to 2935 see what it has dropped!’ 2936 In great excitement they ran to get the parcels. The stars gave 2937 so much light on that clear night that the four did not even 2938 need a torch. 2939 Julian picked up something first. It was a firm, flattish parcel, 2940 done up well, sewn into a canvas covering. He examined it. 2941 ‘No name. Nothing,’ he said. ‘This is most exciting. Let’s have 2942 three guesses what’s inside.’ 2943 ‘Bacon for breakfast, I hope!’ said Anne at once. 2944 ‘Idiot,’ said Julian, getting out a knife to slit the string threads 2945 that sewed up the canvas. ‘I guess it’s smuggled goods of 2946 some sort. That’s what that plane was doing, I should think, 2947 flying over from France, and dropping smuggled goods in a 2948 pre-arranged place, and I suppose the gypsies pick them up, 2949 and take them away, well hidden in their caravans, to deliver 2950 them somewhere. Very clever!’ 2951 ‘Oh Julian, is that the explanation?’ said Anne. ‘What would be 2952 in the parcels then, cigarettes?’ 2953 ‘No,’ said Julian. ‘The parcels wouldn’t be so heavy if they only 2954 contained cigarettes. There, I’ve slit the threads at last!’ 2955 The others crowded round to see. George took her torch out of 2956 her pocket so that they could see really well. She flashed it on. 2957 Julian ripped off the canvas covering. Next came some strong 2958 brown paper. He ripped that off too. 2959 Then came strong cardboard, tied round with string. That was 2960 undone as well, and the cardboard fell to the ground. 2961

2940 flattish (s) – sempre o mesmo, sem variação 2941 do up (to) – apertar, fechar 2941 sew (to) – coser, costurar 2945 slit (to) – cortar (fender, rachar) 2945 string (s) – fio, cordão 2945 thread (s) – fio, linha 2958 rip off (to) – arrancar, tirar a cobertura a, rasgar 2961 cardboard (s) – cartão, papelão

Page 112: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

112

‘Now, what have we got?’ said Julian, excited. ‘Thin sheets of 2962 paper, dozens and dozens of them packed together. Shine 2963 your torch nearer, George.’ 2964 There was a silence as all the four craned over Julian’s hands. 2965 ‘Whew! I say! Gosh, do you see what they are?’ said Julian, in 2966 awe. ‘American money, dollar notes. But look what they are, 2967 one hundred-dollar notes! And my word there are scores and 2968 scores of them in this one packet.’ 2969 The four stared in amazement as Julian riffled through the 2970 packet of notes. However much would they be worth? 2971 ‘Julian, how much is a hundred-dollar note worth in our 2972 money?’ asked George. 2973 ‘About forty pounds I think’ said Julian. ‘Yes, just about that. 2974 Gosh, and there are scores in this one packet, and we know 2975 they dropped dozens of the packets too. Whatever is it all 2976 about?’ 2977 ‘Well, there must be thousands and thousands of dollars lying 2978 around us, here in the quarry and outside it,’ said George. ‘I 2979 say! Surely this isn’t a dream?’ 2980 ‘Well, I must say it’s a very extravagant kind of dream, if so,’ 2981 said Dick. ‘A dream worth thousands of pounds isn’t very 2982 usual. Ju, hadn’t we better get busy picking up these parcels?’ 2983 ‘Yes. We certainly had,’ said Julian. ‘I’m beginning to see it all 2984 now. The smugglers come over in a plane from France, say, 2985 having previously arranged to drop these packets in a lonely 2986 spot on this moor. The gypsies are in the plot to the extent that 2987 they light the guiding lamp and pick up the parcels.’ 2988

2965 crane (to) – esticar-se 2987 plot (s) – plano secreto, trama, conluio 2987 to the extent – ao ponto de

Page 113: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

113

‘I see, and then they quietly pack them into their caravans, slip 2989 off the moor, and deliver them to somebody else, who pays 2990 them well for their trouble,’ said Dick. ‘Very smart!’ 2991 ‘That’s about it,’ said Julian. ‘But I can’t for the life of me see 2992 why dollar notes have to be smuggled here. They can be 2993 brought freely enough into the country - why smuggle them?’ 2994 ‘Stolen ones, perhaps?’ said George. ‘Oh well, its quite beyond 2995 me. What a thing to do! No wonder the gypsies didn’t want us 2996 around.’ 2997 ‘Better buck up and collect all these parcels and clear off back 2998 to the stables with them,’ said Julian, picking up one near him. 2999 ‘The gypsies will be after them, there’s no doubt about that! 3000 We must be gone before they come.’ 3001 The four of them went about looking for the parcels. They 3002 found about sixty of them, and they made quite a heavy load. 3003 ‘We’ll put them somewhere safe, I think,’ said Julian. ‘What 3004 about stuffing them into one of the sand-caves? I don’t very 3005 well see how we can carry them like this.’ 3006 ‘We could put them in the rugs and tie up the ends and carry 3007 them like that,’ said George. ‘It would be mad to leave them 3008 hidden somewhere in this quarry. It’s the first place the gypsies 3009 would search.’ 3010 ‘All right. We’ll follow your idea,’ said Julian. ‘I think we’ve 3011 about collected all the packets there are. Get the rugs.’ 3012 George’s idea proved to be a good one, Half the parcels were 3013 rolled into one rug, and tied up, and half into the other. 3014

2989 slip (to) – mover-se sem ser notado, passar despercebido, esgueirar-se, esquivar-se (escorregar) 2998 buck up (to) – despachar-se

Page 114: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

114

‘Good thing the rugs are nice and big,’ said Dick tying his up 3015 strongly. ‘Now I can just about manage mine nicely on my 3016 back. You all right, Ju?’ 3017 ‘Yes, come along, you girls,’ said Julian. ‘Follow behind us. 3018 We’ll go down the railway line. Leave everything else here. We 3019 can easily get it another time. We must leave before the 3020 gypsies come.’ 3021 Timmy began to bark suddenly. ‘That must mean the gypsies 3022 are coming,’ said Dick. ‘Come on, quick! Yes I can hear their 3023 voices - for goodness’ sake, HURRY!’ 3024 3025

3026

Page 115: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

115

Chapter Sixteen 3027 3028 THE TERRIBLE MIST 3029 3030 Yes, the gypsies were certainly coming! Their dogs were with 3031 them, barking. The four children hurried out of the quarry with 3032 Timmy at their heels, quite silent. 3033 ‘Those fellows may not know we were camping in the quarry,’ 3034 panted Dick. ‘They may just be coming to find the parcels, and 3035 while they are hunting around, we may be able to get a good 3036 start. Buck up!’ 3037 They set off to where the lines ended, near where the old 3038 engine lay half-buried. The gypsy dogs heard them and set up 3039 a yelping and howling. The gypsies stopped to see what had 3040 excited them. 3041 They spied shadows moving in the distance, the four children 3042 slipping away from the quarry. One of the men shouted loudly. 3043 ‘Hey you - stop! Who are you? Stop, I say!’ 3044 But the five didn’t stop. They were now stumbling between the 3045 railway lines, glad of George’s torch, and Anne’s. The boys 3046 could not have held one for it was all they could do to hang on 3047 to the heavy-laden rugs. 3048 ‘Quick, oh quick!’ whispered Anne, but it was impossible to go 3049 very quickly. 3050 ‘They must be catching us up,’ said Julian, suddenly. ‘Look 3051 round and see, George.’ 3052

Page 116: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

116

George looked round. ‘No, I can’t see anyone,’ she said. 3053 ‘Julian, everywhere looks peculiar. What’s happening? Julian, 3054 stop. Something queer is happening!’ 3055 Julian stopped and looked round. His eyes had been fixed on 3056 his feet, trying to see where he was going without stumbling. 3057 Anne had shone her torch down for him but it was still dificult to 3058 get along properly. Julian gazed all round, wondering what 3059 George meant. 3060 Then he gave a gasp. ‘Gosh! How queer! There’s a mist come 3061 up, look. It’s even blotted out the stars. No wonder it seems so 3062 jolly dark all of a sudden.’ 3063 ‘A mist!’ said Anne, scared. ‘Not that awful mist that sometimes 3064 covers the moor! Oh Julian, is it?’ 3065 Julian and Dick watched the swirling mist in astonishment. ‘It’s 3066 come from the sea,’ Julian said. ‘Can’t you smell the salt in it? 3067 It’s come just as suddenly as we’ve been told it comes, and 3068 look, it’s getting thicker every minute!’ 3069 ‘What a good thing we’re on the railway lines!’ said George. 3070 ‘What shall we do? Go on?’ 3071 Julian stood and thought. ‘The gypsies won’t come after us in 3072 this mist,’ he said. ‘I’ve a good mind to hide this money 3073 somewhere, and then walk back to get the police. If we keep 3074 on the lines we can’t go wrong. But we must be sure not to 3075 leave them, or we’ll be completely lost!’ 3076 ‘Yes, let’s do that,’ said Dick, who was heartily sick already of 3077 lugging along his heavy load. ‘But where do you propose to 3078 hide them, Ju? Not in the quarry! We’d have to walk through 3079 this awful mist to do that, and we’d get lost at once.’ 3080

3078 lug along (to) – puxar com força

Page 117: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

117

‘No. I’ve thought of a fine place,’ said Julian, and he lowered 3081 his voice. ‘Remember that old engine, fallen on its side? Well, 3082 what about stuffing these packets all the way down that great 3083 long funnel, and then stopping the top of it up with sand? I bet 3084 you anything you like that nobody would find the packets 3085 there.’ 3086 ‘Grand idea!’ said Dick. ‘The gypsies will be sure we’ve gone 3087 off carrying the money, and they’ll not hunt about for it long, 3088 once they find the dropped packets are all gone. We’ll be half-3089 way home by the time they try to catch us, if they dare to brave 3090 this mist.’ 3091 Anne and George thought Julian’s idea was first-rate, a stroke 3092 of genius. ‘I’d never, never have thought of the engine funnel!’ 3093 said Anne. 3094 ‘Now, there’s no need for you two girls and Timmy to walk all 3095 the way to the engine with us,’ said Julian. ‘You sit down here 3096 on the lines, and wait for us to come back. We shan’t be long. 3097 We’ll walk straight up the railway, find the engine, pack the 3098 money into the funnel, and walk back.’ 3099 ‘Right,’ said George, squatting down. ‘Bring the rugs back with 3100 you, though. It’s cold now!’ 3101 Julian and Dick went off together, with Anne’s torch. George 3102 kept hers. Timmy pressed close against her, astonished at the 3103 thick mist that had so suddenly swirled up and around them. 3104 ‘That’s right. Keep close to us and keep us warm, Tim,’ said 3105 George. ‘It’s jolly cold now. This mist is damp!’ 3106 Julian stumbled along, keeping a look-out for the gypsies. He 3107 could see nothing of them, but then, if they had been only two 3108

3090 brave (to) – desafiar, afrontar

Page 118: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

118

feet away he could not have seen anything of them in the mist! 3109 It seemed to get thicker and thicker. 3110 I know what old Ben meant now, when he said that it had 3111 damp fingers, thought Julian, feeling little touches like fingers 3112 on his face, hands and legs as the mist wreathed itself round 3113 him. 3114 Dick nudged him. ‘Here we are,’ he said. ‘The lines are broken 3115 here. The engine should be just over there, a yard or two 3116 away.’ 3117 They stepped cautiously away from the lines. The big gorse-3118 bush could not be seen, but it could be felt! Julian felt thorns 3119 pricking his legs, and knew he was beside it. 3120 ‘Shine your torch here, Dick,’ he whispered. ‘That’s right. 3121 There’s the cab of the engine, see? Now let’s circle the bush, 3122 and we’ll come to the funnel.’ 3123 ‘Here it is,’ said Dick, in a few moments. ‘Look! Now then, let’s 3124 do a bit of work, shoving these packets down. Gosh, what a lot 3125 of them there are! I hope the funnel will take them all.’ 3126 They spent ten minutes ramming the packets into the wide 3127 funnel. Down they went to the bottom! More and more followed 3128 and then, at last, the final one was shoved in and rammed 3129 down. 3130 ‘That’s the lot,’ said Dick, relieved. ‘Now we’ll pack some sand 3131 in. Gosh, isn’t this bush full of prickles! It’s really spiteful!’ 3132 ‘The packets almost fill the funnel,’ said Julian. ‘Hardly any 3133 room for sand. Still, we can put in enough to hide the money all 3134 right. There that’s done. Now pull this gorse-branch over the 3135

3113 wreathe (to) – rodear, cingir, envolver 3129 ram down (to) – bater, calcar, enterrar 3132 prickle (s) – pico, espinho 3132 spiteful (adj) – mau, malévolo

Page 119: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

119

top of the funnel. My word, I never knew a bush so set with 3136 spines! I’m scratched to bits!’ 3137 ‘Can you hear anything of the gypsies?’ asked Dick, in a low 3138 voice, as they prepared to go back to the lines. 3139 They listened. ‘Not a thing,’ said Julian. ‘It’s my belief they’re 3140 scared of this mist, and are lying low till it clears.’ 3141 ‘They may be in the quarry,’ said Dick. ‘Waiting there in safety. 3142 Well, long may they be there! They won’t get the money now!’ 3143 ‘Come on,’ said Julian, and walked round the bush. ‘It’s just 3144 about here that we step out to get to the lines. Take my arm. 3145 We mustn’t get separated. Did you ever see such a mist in 3146 your life? It’s the thickest fog I ever knew. We can’t even see 3147 our feet in the light of the torch now.’ 3148 They took a few steps and then felt about for the rails. They 3149 couldn’t feel even one. ‘A bit farther, I think,’ said Julian. ‘No, 3150 this way.’ 3151 But they still couldn’t find the railway lines. Where were the 3152 wretched things? A small feeling of panic came into Julian’s 3153 mind. Which way should they step now, to find the rails? How 3154 had they gone wrong? 3155 Now both boys were on hands and knees, feeling for the 3156 broken rails. ‘I’ve got one,’ said Dick. ‘No, blow, it isn’t. It’s a bit 3157 of wood, or something. For goodness’ sake, keep close to me, 3158 Ju.’ 3159 After ten minutes’ search, the two boys sat back on their heels, 3160 the little torch between them. 3161

3137 spine (s) - espinho

Page 120: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

120

‘Somehow we’ve just missed those two or three correct steps 3162 from the gorse-bush to the rails,’ said Julian. ‘Now we’re done! 3163 I don’t see anything for it but to wait till the mist clears.’ 3164 ‘But what about the two girls?’ said Dick, anxiously. ‘Let’s try a 3165 bit longer. Look, the mist is clearing a little there. Let’s go 3166 forward and hope we’ll stumble over the lines soon. If the mist 3167 does clear, we shall soon be able to get our bearings.’ 3168 So they went forward hopefully, seeing the mist clear a little in 3169 front of them, so that the torch made a longer beam for them to 3170 see by. Now and again, when their feet knocked against 3171 something hard, they felt for the rails. But they could not find 3172 even one! 3173 ‘Let’s shout,’ said Julian, at last. So they shouted loudly. 3174 ‘George! Anne! Can you hear us?’ 3175 They stood and listened. No answer. 3176 ‘GEORGE!’ yelled Dick. ‘TIMMY!’ 3177 They thought they heard a far-off bark. ‘That was Timmy!’ said 3178 Julian. ‘Over there!’ 3179 They stumbled along and then shouted again. But this time 3180 there was no bark at all. Not a sound came out of that dreadful 3181 mist, which had now closed tightly round them again. 3182 ‘We’ll be walking in it all night long,’ said Julian, desperately. 3183 ‘Why did we leave the girls? Suppose this frightful fog doesn’t 3184 clear by tomorrow? Sometimes it lasts for days.’ 3185 ‘What a horrible idea,’ said Dick, lightly, sounding much more 3186 cheerful than he felt. ‘I don’t think we need worry about the 3187 girls, Ju. Timmy’s with them and he can easily take them back 3188

3168 bearing (s) – orientação, rumo

Page 121: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

121

to the stables across the moor, in the mist. Dogs don’t mind 3189 fogs.’ 3190 Julian felt most relieved. He hadn’t thought of that. ‘Oh yes, I’d 3191 forgotten old Tim,’ he said. ‘Well, seeing that the girls will 3192 probably be all right with Timmy to guide them, let’s sit down 3193 somewhere and have a rest. I’m tired out!’ 3194 ‘Here’s a good thick bush,’ said Dick. ‘Let’s get into the middle 3195 of it if we can, and keep the damp out of us. Thank goodness 3196 it’s not a gorse-bush!’ 3197 ‘I wish I knew if the girls had had the sense not to wait for us 3198 any longer, but to try to find their way back down the lines,’ 3199 said Julian. ‘I wonder where they are now?’ 3200 Anne and George were no longer where Julian and Dick had 3201 left them! They had waited and waited, and then had become 3202 very anxious indeed. 3203 ‘Something’s happened,’ said George. ‘I think we ought to go 3204 and get help, Anne. We can easily follow the railway down to 3205 where we have to break off for the stable. Timmy will know, 3206 anyway. Don’t you think we ought to go back and get help?’ 3207 ‘Yes, I do,’ said Anne, getting up. ‘Come on George. Gosh, this 3208 mist is worse than ever! We’ll have to be careful we don’t lose 3209 the lines! Even Timmy might find it hard to smell his way in this 3210 fog!’ 3211 They got up. Anne followed George and Timmy followed 3212 behind, looking puzzled. He couldn’t understand this night-time 3213 wandering about at all! 3214

Page 122: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

122

Anne and George kept closely to the railway lines, walking 3215 slowly along, shining the light of the torch downwards, and 3216 following carefully. 3217 After a time George stopped, puzzled. ‘This line’s broken here,’ 3218 she said. ‘There’s no more of it. That’s funny, I don’t remember 3219 it being as badly broken as this, The lines simply stop. I can’t 3220 see any more.’ 3221 ‘Oh George!’ said Anne, peering down. ‘Do you know what 3222 we’ve done. We’ve come all the way up the lines again - 3223 instead of going down them, homewards! How could we have 3224 been so mad? Look, this is where they break off; so the old 3225 engine must be somewhere near, and the quarry!’ 3226 ‘Blow!’ said George, quite in despair. ‘What asses we are. It 3227 shows how we can lose our sense of direction in a mist like 3228 this.’ 3229 ‘I can’t see or hear anything of the boys,’ said Anne, fearfully. 3230 ‘George, let’s go to the quarry and wait there till daylight 3231 comes. I’m cold and tired. We can squeeze into one of those 3232 warm sand-caves.’ 3233 ‘All right,’ said George, very much down in the dumps. ‘Come 3234 along, and for goodness’ sake don’t let’s lose our way to the 3235 quarry!’ 3236 3237 3238 Chapter Seventeen 3239 3240 PRISONERS TOGETHER 3241 3242

Page 123: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

123

The two girls and Timmy made their way carefully, hoping to 3243 come across the lines that led to the quarry. They were lucky. 3244 They went across the gap in the lines where once long ago the 3245 gypsies had wrenched out the rails, and came to where they 3246 began again, and led to the edge of the quarry. 3247 ‘Here they are!’ said George, thankfully. ‘Now we’re all right. 3248 We’ve only just got to follow these and we’ll be in the quarry. I 3249 hope it will be warmer than here. Brrrr! This mist is terribly cold 3250 and clammy.’ 3251 ‘It came up so suddenly,’ said Anne, shining her torch 3252 downwards. ‘I couldn’t believe my eyes when I looked round 3253 and saw it creeping up on us. I...’ 3254 She stopped suddenly. Timmy had given a low growl. ‘What’s 3255 up, Tim?’ whispered George. He stood quite still, his hackles 3256 up and his tail motionless. He looked steadfastly into the mist. 3257 ‘Oh dear. What can be the matter now?’ whispered Anne. ‘I 3258 can’t hear a thing, can you?’ 3259 They listened. No, there was nothing to hear at all. They went 3260 on into the quarry, thinking that Timmy might have heard a 3261 rabbit or hedgehog, and growled at it as he sometimes did. 3262 Timmy heard a sound and ran to the side, lost in the mist at 3263 once. He suddenly yelped loudly, then there was a heavy thud, 3264 and no more sound from Timmy! 3265 ‘Timmy! What’s happened! Timmy, come here!’ shouted 3266 George, at the top of her voice. But no Timmy came. The girls 3267 heard the sound of something heavy being dragged away, and 3268 George ran after the sound. 3269

3246 wrench off/out (to) - arrancar violentamente 3251 clammy (adj) – húmido e frio

Page 124: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

124

‘Timmy! Oh Timmy, what’s happened!’ she cried. ‘Where are 3270 you? Are you hurt?’ 3271 The mist swirled round, and she tried to beat against it with her 3272 fists, angry that she could not see. ‘Tim! Tim!’ 3273 Then a pair of hands took her arms from behind and a voice 3274 said, ‘Now you come with me! You were warned not to snoop 3275 about on the moor!’ 3276 George struggled violently, less concerned for herself than for 3277 Timmy. 3278 'Where’s my dog?’ she cried. ‘What have you done to him?’ 3279 ‘I knocked him on the head,’ said the voice, which sounded 3280 very like Sniffer’s father. ‘He’s all right, but he won’t feel himself 3281 for a bit! You can have him back if you’re sensible.’ 3282 George wasn’t sensible. She kicked and fought and wriggled 3283 and struggled. It was no use. She was held in a grip like iron. 3284 She heard Anne scream once and knew that she had been 3285 caught too. 3286 When George was too tired to struggle any more, she was led 3287 firmly out of the quarry with Anne. 3288 ‘Where’s my dog?’ she sobbed. ‘What have you done with 3289 him?’ 3290 ‘He’s all right,’ said the man behind her. ‘But if you make any 3291 more fuss I’ll give him another blow on the head. NOW will you 3292 be quiet.’ 3293 George was quiet at once. She was taken with Anne across 3294 the moor for what seemed like miles, but was really only the 3295 fairly short distance between the quarry and the gypsies’ 3296 camp. 3297

3277 concern (to) – preocupar, perturbar 3283 wriggle (to) – torcer o corpo, menear-se 3289 sob (to) - soluçar

Page 125: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

125

‘Are you bringing my dog?’ asked George, unable to contain 3298 her fears about Timmy. 3299 ‘Yes. Somebody’s got him,’ said her captor. ‘You shall have 3300 him back safe and sound, if you do what you’re told!’ 3301 George had to be content with that. What a night! The boys 3302 gone, Timmy hurt, she and Anne captured, and this horrible, 3303 wreathing mist all the time! 3304 The mist cleared a little as they came near to the gypsy camp. 3305 The hill behind seemed to keep it off. George and Anne saw 3306 the light of a fire, and of a few lanterns here and there. More 3307 men were gathered together, waiting. Anne thought she could 3308 see Sniffer and Liz in the background but she couldn’t be sure. 3309 ‘If only I could get hold of Sniffer,’ she thought. ‘He would soon 3310 find out if Timmy is really hurt. Oh Sniffer, do come nearer if it’s 3311 you!’ 3312 Their captors took them to the little fire, and made both girls sit 3313 down. One of the men there exclaimed in surprise. 3314 ‘But these are not those two boys! This is a boy and a girl, not 3315 as tall as the others were!’ 3316 ‘We’re two girls,’ said Anne, thinking that the men might treat 3317 George less roughly if they knew she was not a boy. ‘I’m a girl 3318 and so is she.’ 3319 She got a scowl from George, but took no notice. This was not 3320 the time to pretend anything. These men were ruthless, and 3321 very angry. They thought their plans had gone wrong, all 3322 because of two boys. Perhaps when they found they had got 3323 two girls, they would let them go. 3324 The men began to question them. ‘Where are the boys then?’ 3325

3301 sound (adj) – ileso, incólume, em boas condições, com saúde 3302 content (adj) – conformado, satisfeito 3309 background (s) – segundo plano, ao fundo, por trás 3321 ruthless (adj) – implacável, impiedoso, cruel, desumano, sem piedade 3322 angry (adj) – zangado, aborrecido, irritado

Page 126: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

126

‘We’ve no idea! Lost in the mist,’ said Anne. ‘We all went out to 3326 go back home, and got separated, so George, I mean 3327 Georgina, and I went back to the quarry.’ 3328 ‘Did you hear the plane?’ 3329 ‘Of course!’ 3330 ‘Did you see or hear it dropping anything?’ 3331 ‘We didn’t see anything drop, we heard it,’ said Anne. George 3332 stared at her furiously. Why was Anne giving all this away? 3333 Perhaps she thought that Timmy would be given back to them 3334 if they proved helpful? George immediately changed her mind 3335 about feeling cross with Anne. If only Timmy were all right! 3336 ‘Did you pick up what the plane dropped?’ The man rapped out 3337 the question so sharply that Anne humped. What should she 3338 say? 3339 ‘Oh yes,’ she heard herself saying. ‘We picked up a few queer 3340 parcels. What was in them, do you know?’ 3341 ‘Never you mind,’ said the man. ‘What did you do with the 3342 parcels?’ 3343 George stared at Anne, wondering what she was going to say. 3344 Surely, surely she wouldn’t give that secret away? 3345 ‘I didn’t do anything with them,’ said Anne, in an innocent 3346 voice. ‘The boys said they would hide them. So they went off 3347 into the mist with them, but they didn’t come back. So George 3348 and I went to the quarry again. That’s when you caught us.’ 3349 The men talked among themselves in low voices. Then 3350 Sniffer’s father turned to the girls again. 3351 ‘Where did the boys hide these packets?’ 3352

3338 hump (to) – encolher-se, arquear, corcovar, retrair-se

Page 127: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

127

‘How do I know?’ said Anne. ‘I didn’t go with them. I didn’t see 3353 what they did with them.’ 3354 ‘Do you think they will still have got them with them?’ asked the 3355 man. 3356 ‘Why don’t you go and find the boys and ask them?’ said Anne. 3357 ‘I haven’t seen or heard of the boys since they left us and went 3358 into the mist. I don’t know what became of them or the parcels!’ 3359 ‘They’re probably lost somewhere on the moors,’ said the old, 3360 grey-haired gypsy. ‘With the packets! We’ll look for the boys 3361 tomorrow. They won’t get home in this! We’ll fetch them back 3362 here.’ 3363 ‘They wouldn’t come,’ said George. ‘As soon as they saw you, 3364 they’d run. You’d never catch them. Any way they’d get back 3365 home as soon as the mist cleared.’ 3366 ‘Take these girls away,’ said the old gypsy, sounding tired of 3367 them. ‘Put them in the far cave, and tie them up.’ 3368 ‘Where’s my dog?’ shouted George, suddenly. ‘You bring me 3369 my dog!’ 3370 ‘You haven’t been very helpful,’ said the old gypsy. ‘We’ll 3371 question you again tomorrow, and if you are more helpful, you 3372 shall have your dog.’ 3373 Two men took the girls away from the fire and over to the hill. A 3374 large opening led into the queer hill. One of the men had a 3375 lantern and led the way, the other man walking behind. 3376 A passage led straight into the hill. There was sand underfoot, 3377 and it seemed to Anne as if even the walls were made of sand. 3378 How strange! 3379

Page 128: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

128

The hill was honeycombed with passages. They criss-crossed 3380 and forked like burrows in a rabbit-warren. Anne wondered 3381 however the men could find their way! 3382 They came at last to a cave that must have been right in the 3383 heart of the hill, a cave with a sandy floor, and a post that was 3384 driven deeply into the ground. 3385 Ropes were fastened firmly to it. The two girls looked at them 3386 in dismay. Surely they were not going to be tied up like 3387 prisoners! 3388 But they were! The ropes were fastened firmly round their 3389 waists and knotted at the back. The knots were gypsy knots, 3390 firm, tight and complicated. It would take the girls hours to 3391 unpick those, even supposing they could manage to reach 3392 right round to their backs! 3393 ‘There you are,’ said the men, grinning at the two angry girls. 3394 ‘Maybe in the morning you will remember where those packets 3395 were put?’ 3396 ‘You go and get my dog,’ ordered George. But they only 3397 laughed loudly and went out of the cave. 3398 It was stuffy and hot in there. George was worried to death 3399 about Timmy, but Anne was almost too tired to think. 3400 She fell asleep, sitting up uncomfortably with the ropes round 3401 her waist, and the knots digging into her back. George sat 3402 brooding. Timmy - where was he? Was he badly hurt? George 3403 was very miserable indeed. 3404 She didn’t go to sleep. She sat there, worrying, wide awake. 3405 She made an attempt to get at the knots behind her, but it was 3406 no use, she couldn’t. 3407

3380 criscross (adj) – com linhas cruzadas 3381 burrow (s) – toca, cova, lura 3381 warren (s) – coelheira, viveiro de coelhos 3385 drive into (to) – atirar, impelir, forçar 3399 stuffy (adj) – abafado, com cheiro a mofo 3402 dig (to) – espetar (cavar, escavar)

Page 129: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

129

Suddenly she thought she heard a noise. Was that someone 3408 creeping up the passage to the cave? She felt frightened. Oh, 3409 if only Timmy were here! 3410 Sniff! Sniff! 3411 ‘Gracious goodness, it must be Sniffer!’ thought George, and 3412 at that moment she almost loved the dirty little gypsy boy! 3413 ‘Sniffer!’ she called quietly, and put on her torch. Sniffer’s head 3414 appeared and then his body. He was crawling quietly up the 3415 passage on all fours. 3416 He came right into the cave, and stared at her and the sleeping 3417 Anne. ‘I’ve sometimes been tied up here too,’ he said. 3418 ‘Sniffer, how is Timmy?’ asked George, anxiously. ‘Tell me, 3419 quickly!’ 3420 ‘He’s all right,’ said Sniffer. ‘He’s just got a bad cut on his head. 3421 I bathed it for him. He’s tied up too, and he’s mad about it!’ 3422 ‘Sniffer, listen, go and get Timmy and bring him to me,’ said 3423 George, breathlessly. ‘And bring me a knife too, to cut these 3424 ropes. Will you? Can you?’ 3425 ‘Oooh, I dunno,’ said Sniffer, looking frightened. ‘My father 3426 would half kill me!’ 3427 ‘Sniffer, is there anything you want, anything you’ve always 3428 wanted?’ said George. ‘I’ll give it to you if you do this for me. I 3429 promise you!’ 3430 ‘I want a bike,’ said Sniffer, surprisingly. ‘And I want to live in a 3431 house, and ride my bike to school.’ 3432 ‘I’ll see that you have what you want, Sniffer,’ said George, 3433 wildly. ‘Only, do, do go and get Timmy, and a knife! You got 3434

Page 130: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

130

here without being seen, you can surely get back again safely 3435 with Timmy. Think of that bike!’ 3436 Sniffer thought of it. Then he nodded and disappeared down 3437 the passage as silently as he had come. 3438 George waited and waited. Would he bring dear old Timmy to 3439 her, or would he be caught? 3440 3441 3442 Chapter Eighteen 3443 3444 GEORGE’S TRICK 3445 3446 George sat in the darkness of the cave, hearing Anne’s 3447 peaceful breathing nearby, waiting for Sniffer to come back. 3448 She was longing to see Timmy again. Was the cut on his head 3449 very bad? 3450 A thought came into her mind. She would send Timmy back to 3451 the stables with a note! He was very clever, he knew what to 3452 do when he had a note tied to his collar. Then help would 3453 come very quickly indeed. Timmy would know his way all right 3454 out of this hill, once he had been in it! 3455 Ah, here was Sniffer coming back again. Was Timmy with him? 3456 She heard Sniffer’s sniff-sniff-sniff, but no sound of Timmy. Her 3457 heart sank. 3458 Sniffer appeared cautiously in the cave. 3459 ‘I didn’t dare to take Timmy,’ he said. ‘My father has him tied 3460 up too near to him, and I’d have waked him. But I’ve brought 3461 you a knife, look.’ 3462

3445 trick (s) – truque, habilidade, artimanha

Page 131: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

131

‘Thank you, Sniffer,’ said George, taking the knife and putting it 3463 into her pocket. ‘Listen, there’s something important I’m going 3464 to do and you’ve got to help.’ 3465 ‘I’m scared,’ said Sniffer. ‘I’m real scared.’ 3466 ‘Think of that bicycle,’ said George. ‘A red one, perhaps, with 3467 silver handles?’ 3468 Sniffer thought of it. ‘All right,’ he said. ‘What are you going to 3469 do?’ 3470 ‘I’m going to write a note,’ said George, feeling in her pocket 3471 for her note-book and pencil. ‘And I want you to tie it on to 3472 Timmy’s collar, under his chin, and set him free somehow. Will 3473 you do that? He’ll run off back to the stables with the note, and 3474 then Anne and I will be rescued, and you will get the most 3475 beautiful bicycle in the world!’ 3476 ‘And a house to live in,’ said Sniffer, at once. ‘So’s I can ride 3477 my bike to school?’ 3478 ‘All right,’ said George, hoping that somehow he could have 3479 that too. ‘Now, wait a minute.’ 3480 She scribbled the note, but she had hardly written more than a 3481 few words, when a sound came up the passage. Someone 3482 was coughing. 3483 ‘It’s my father!’ said Sniffer, in fright. ‘Listen, if you cut your 3484 ropes and escape, can you find your way out from here? It’s 3485 very twisty and turny.’ 3486 ‘I don’t know. I don’t think I can!’ whispered George, in a panic. 3487 ‘I’ll leave patrins for you!’ said Sniffer. ‘Look out for them! Now 3488 I’m going to slip into the cave next door, and wait till my 3489 father’s finished talking to you. Then I’ll go back to Timmy.’ 3490

Page 132: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

132

He slipped out just in time. The lantern shone into George’s 3491 cave and Sniffer’s father stood there. 3492 ‘Have you seen Sniffer?’ he asked. ‘I missed him when I woke 3493 just now. If I catch him in here I’ll whip him till he squeals.’ 3494 ‘Sniffer? He’s not here,’ said George, trying to sound surprised. 3495 ‘Look round the cave and see!’ 3496 The man caught sight of the note-book and pencil in George’s 3497 hand. ‘What’s that you’re writing?’ he said suspiciously and 3498 took it from her. 3499 ‘So you’re writing for help, are you!’ he said. ‘And how do you 3500 think you’re going to get help. I’d like to know? Who’s going to 3501 take this note home for you? Sniffer?’ 3502 ‘No,’ said George, truthfully. 3503 The man frowned as he looked again at the note. ‘Look here,’ 3504 he said, ‘you can write another note, to those two boys. And I’ll 3505 tell you what to say.’ 3506 ‘No,’ said George. 3507 ‘Oh yes, you will,’ said the man. ‘I’m not going to hurt those 3508 boys. I’m just going to get back those packets from wherever 3509 they are hidden. Do you want your dog back safely?’ 3510 ‘Yes,’ said George, with a gulp. 3511 ‘Well, if you don’t write this note you won’t see him again,’ said 3512 the man. ‘Now then, take your pencil and write in that note-3513 book of yours.’ 3514 George took up her pencil. ‘This is what you must write,’ said 3515 the man, frowning as he thought hard. 3516

3494 squeal (to) – chiar, guinchar 3503 truthfully (adv) – de modo a inspirar confiança (verdadeiramente, fielmente)

Page 133: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

133

‘Wait a minute,’ said George. ‘How are you going to get this 3517 note to the boys? You don’t know where they are! You won’t 3518 be able to find them if this mist still goes on.’ 3519 The man scratched his head and thought. 3520 ‘The only way to get the note to them is to tie it on my dog’s 3521 collar and send him to find them,’ said George. ‘If you bring 3522 him here to me I can make him understand. He always does 3523 what I tell him.’ 3524 ‘You mean he’ll take the note to whoever you tell him to take 3525 it?’ said the man, his eyes gleaming. ‘Well, write it then. Say 3526 this: 3527 ‘ “We are prisoners. Follow Timmy and he will bring you to us 3528 and you can save us.” Then sign your name, whatever it is.’ 3529 ‘It’s Georgina,’ said George, firmly. ‘You go and get my dog 3530 while I write the note.’ 3531 The man turned and went. George looked after him her eyes 3532 bright. He thought he was making her play a trick on Julian and 3533 Dick, to bring them here so that they could be threatened and 3534 questioned about the packets, and where they were hidden! 3535 ‘But I’m going to play a trick on him,’ thought George. ‘I’m 3536 going to tell Timmy to take the note to Henry, and she’ll be 3537 suspicious and get Captain Johnson to follow Tim back here, 3538 and that will give the gypsies an awful shock! I expect the 3539 Captain will be sensible enough to get the police as well. Aha, 3540 I’m playing a trick too!’ 3541 In ten minutes’ time Sniffer’s father returned with Timmy. It was 3542 a rather subdued Timmy, with a very bad cut on his head, 3543 which really needed stitching. He pattered soberly across to 3544

3544 patter (to) – fazer pequenos ruídos 3544 soberly (adv) - calmamente

Page 134: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

134

George, and she flung her arms round his neck and cried into 3545 his thick hair. 3546 ‘Does your head hurt you?’ she said. ‘I’ll take you to the vet 3547 when I get back, Tim.’ 3548 ‘You can get back as soon as we’ve got those two boys here 3549 and they’ve told us where those packets are hidden,’ said the 3550 man. 3551 Timmy was licking George as if he would never stop, and his 3552 tail waved to and fro, to and fro. He couldn’t understand what 3553 was happening at all! Why was George here? Never mind, he 3554 was with her again. He settled down on the floor with a thump 3555 and put his head on her knee. 3556 ‘Write the note,’ said the man, ‘and tie it on to his collar, on the 3557 top, so that it can easily be seen.’ 3558 ‘I’ve written it,’ said George. The gypsy held out a dirty hand for 3559 it and read it. 3560 3561 ‘We are prisoners. Follow Timmy and he will bring you to us 3562 and you can save us. 3563 Georgina.’ 3564 3565 ‘Is that really your name, Georgina?’ asked the man. George 3566 nodded. It was one of the few times she ever owned to a girl’s 3567 name! 3568 She tied the note firmly to Timmy’s collar, on the top of his 3569 neck. It was quite plainly to be seen. Then she gave him a hug 3570 and spoke urgently to him. 3571

Page 135: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

135

‘Go to Henry, Tim, go to HENRY. Do you understand, Timmy 3572 dear, take this note to HENRY.’ She tapped the paper on his 3573 collar as he listened to her. Then she gave him a push. ‘Go 3574 along. Don’t stay here any longer. Go and find HENRY.’ 3575 ‘Hadn’t you better tell him the other boy’s name too?’ said the 3576 man. 3577 ‘Oh no, I don’t want to muddle Timmy,’ said George hastily. 3578 ‘Henry, Henry, HENRY!’ 3579 ‘Woof,’ said Timmy, and George knew that he understood. She 3580 gave him another push. 3581 ‘Go, then,’ she said. ‘Hurry!’ 3582 Timmy gave her rather a reproachful look as if to say, ‘You 3583 haven’t let me stay with you very long!’ Then he padded off 3584 down the passage, the note showing clearly on his collar. 3585 ‘I’ll bring the boys up here as soon as they come with the dog,’ 3586 said the man, and he turned on his heel, and went out. George 3587 wondered if Sniffer was still about and she called him. But 3588 there was no answer. He must have slipped away down the 3589 passages back to his caravan. 3590 Anne woke up then, and wondered where she was. George 3591 switched on her torch again and explained all that had 3592 happened. 3593 ‘You should have wakened me,’ said Anne. ‘Oh blow these 3594 ropes. They’re so uncomfortable.’ 3595 ‘I’ve got a knife now,’ said George. ‘Sniffer gave it to me. Shall 3596 I cut our ropes?’ 3597

3578 muddle (to) – confundir, perturbar, baralhar

Page 136: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

136

‘Oh yes!’ said Anne, in delight. ‘But don’t let’s try and escape 3598 yet. It’s still night-time and if that mist is about, we’ll only get 3599 lost. We can pretend we’re still tied up if anyone comes.’ 3600 George cut her own ropes with Sniffer’s exceedingly blunt 3601 knife. Then she cut Anne’s. Oh, what a relief to lie down 3602 properly, and not to have to sit up all the time and feel the 3603 knots at the back! 3604 ‘Now do remember, if we hear anyone coming, we must tie the 3605 ropes loosely round us,’ she said. ‘We will stay here till we 3606 know it’s day, and perhaps we can find out if the mist is still 3607 about, or if it’s gone. If it’s gone, we’ll go.’ 3608 They fell asleep on the sandy floor, both glad to lie down flat. 3609 Nobody came to disturb them, and they slept on and on, tired 3610 out. 3611 Where were the boys? Still under the bush, half-sleeping, half-3612 waking, for they were cold and uncomfortable. They hoped the 3613 girls were now safely at home. They must have gone right 3614 down the railway, and made their way back to the stables, 3615 thought Julian, every time he awoke. I do hope they are safe, 3616 and Timmy too. Thank goodness he is with them. 3617 But Timmy wasn’t with them, of course. He was padding 3618 across the misty moor all by himself, puzzled, and with a badly-3619 aching head. Why had George sent him to Henry? He didn’t 3620 like Henry. He didn’t think that George did, either. And yet she 3621 had sent him to find her. Very strange! 3622 Still, George had given him his orders, and he loved her and 3623 always obeyed her. He padded over the heather and grass. He 3624

3601 exceedingly (adv) – muito, extremamente 3601 blunt (to) – que não está afiado, pouco afiado, embotado, que não corta quase nada 3620 aching (adj) – dorido, doloroso, que dói

Page 137: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

137

didn’t bother about keeping to the railway line. He knew the 3625 way back without even thinking about it! 3626 It was still night, though soon the dawn would come. But the 3627 mist was so thick that even the dawn would not be able to 3628 break through it. The sun would have to remain hidden behind 3629 the thick swathes of mist. 3630 Timmy came to the stables. He paused to remember which 3631 was Henry’s bedroom. Ah yes, it was upstairs, next to the room 3632 that Anne and George had had. 3633 Timmy leapt into the kitchen through a window left open for the 3634 cat. He padded upstairs and came to Henry’s room. He 3635 pushed at the door and it opened. 3636 In he went and put his paws on her bed. ‘Woof,’ he said in her 3637 ear. ‘Woof! Woof! Woof!’ 3638 3639 3640 Chapter Nineteen 3641 3642 GOOD OLD TIM! 3643 3644 Henry had been fast asleep and snoring. She awoke with a 3645 tremendous jump when she felt Timmy’s paw on her arm and 3646 heard his sharp little bark. 3647 ‘Oooh! What is it?’ she said, sitting up straight in bed and 3648 fumbling for her torch. She was quite panic-stricken. She 3649 switched on the torch with trembling fingers and then saw 3650 Timmy, his big brown eyes looking at her beseechingly. 3651

3630 swathe (s) - faixa 3651 beseechingly (adv) – implorativamente, veementemente

Page 138: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

138

‘Why, Timmy!’ said Henry, in amazement, ‘Timmy! Whatever 3652 are you doing here? Have the others come back? No, they 3653 couldn’t have, not in the middle of the night! Why have you 3654 come then, Timmy?’ 3655 ‘Woof,’ said Timmy, trying to make her understand that he was 3656 bringing a message. Henry put out her hand to pat his head, 3657 and suddenly caught sight of the paper tied to his collar at the 3658 back. 3659 ‘What’s this on your collar?’ she said, and reached out for it. 3660 ‘Why, it’s paper. Tied on, too. It must be a message!’ 3661 She untied the piece of paper and unrolled it. She read it. 3662 3663 ‘We are prisoners. Follow Timmy and he will bring you to us 3664 and you can save us. 3665 Georgina.’ 3666 3667 Henry was astounded. She looked at Timmy and he looked 3668 back, wagging his tail. He pawed at her arm impatiently. Henry 3669 read the note again. Then she pinched herself to make sure 3670 she was not dreaming. 3671 ‘Oooh, no, I’m awake all right,’ she said. ‘Timmy, is this note 3672 true? Are they prisoners? And who does “we” mean? George 3673 and Anne, or the whole four? Oh, Timmy, I do wish you could 3674 speak!’ 3675 Timmy wished the same! He pawed energetically at Henry. 3676 She suddenly saw the cut on his head and was horrified. 3677 ‘You’re hurt, Timmy! Oh, you poor, poor thing. Who did that to 3678 you? You ought to have that wound seen to!’ 3679

3660 reach out (to) – estender, alcançar 3668 astound (to) – aturdir, confundir, espantar 3670 pinch (to) - beliscar

Page 139: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

139

Timmy certainly had a very outsize headache, but he couldn’t 3680 bother to think about that. He gave a little whine and ran to the 3681 door and back. 3682 ‘Yes, I know you want me to follow you, but I’ve got to think,’ 3683 said Henry. ‘If Captain Johnson was here I’d go and fetch him. 3684 But he’s away for the night, Timmy. And I’m sure Mrs Johnson 3685 would have the fright of her life if I fetched her. I simply don’t 3686 know what to do.’ 3687 ‘Woof,’ said Timmy, scornfully. 3688 ‘It’s all very well to say “Woof” like that,’ said Henry, ‘but I’m not 3689 as brave as you are. I pretend I am, Timmy, but I’m not really. 3690 I’m afraid of following you! I’m afraid of going to find the others. 3691 I might be caught too. And there’s a terrible mist, Timmy, you 3692 know.’ 3693 Henry slid out of bed, and Timmy looked suddenly hopeful. 3694 Was this silly girl going to make up her mind at last? 3695 ‘Timmy, there’s no grown-up here tonight except Mrs Johnson, 3696 and I really can’t wake her,’ said Henry. ‘She’s had such a very 3697 hard, busy day. I’m going to dress, and then get William. He’s 3698 only eleven, I know, but he’s very sensible, and he’s a boy. 3699 He’ll know what to do. I only pretend to be a boy.’ 3700 She dressed quickly in her riding things and then set off to 3701 William’s room. He slept by himself across the landing. Henry 3702 walked in and switched on her torch. 3703 William awoke at once. ‘Who’s there?’ he demanded, sitting up 3704 at once. ‘What do you want?’ 3705

3680 outsize (adj) – enorme, desmedido, desmesurado 3702 landing (s) - patamar de escadas

Page 140: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

140

‘It’s me. Henry,’ said Henry. ‘William, a most extraordinary 3706 thing has happened. Timmy has arrived in my room with a note 3707 on his collar. Read it!’ 3708 William took the note and read it. He was most astonished. 3709 ‘Look,’ he said, ‘George has signed herself Georgina. She 3710 wouldn’t do that unless things were very urgent. She never, 3711 never lets herself be called anything but George. We’ll have to 3712 follow Tim and go, at once, too’ 3713 ‘But I can’t walk miles in a mist over the moor,’ said Henry, in a 3714 panic. 3715 ‘We don’t need to. We’ll saddle our horses and go on those,’ 3716 said William, beginning to dress, and sounding very sensible 3717 indeed. ‘Timmy will lead the way. You go and get the horses 3718 out. Do buck up, Henry. The others may be in danger. You’re 3719 acting like a Henrietta!’ 3720 That made Henry cross. She went out of the room at once and 3721 down into the yard. What a pity Captain Johnson happened to 3722 be away just that night. He would have decided everything at 3723 once. 3724 Courage came to her when she got the horses. They were 3725 surprised but quite willing to go for a nighttime ride, even in this 3726 thick mist! William came up in a very short time with Timmy 3727 behind him. Timmy was delighted to have William with him. He 3728 liked him, but he was not very fond of Henry. 3729 He ran forward, just in front of the horses, and they followed 3730 behind. Both Henry and William had excellent torches, and 3731 kept them shining downwards, so that they should not miss 3732

Page 141: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

141

Timmy. He did go out of sight once or twice, but came back 3733 immediately, when he heard the horses stopping. 3734 Over the moor they rode. They didn’t follow the railway, of 3735 course. Timmy didn’t need to. He knew the way perfectly! 3736 Once he stopped and sniffed the air. What had he smelt? 3737 Henry and William had no idea, but Timmy was puzzled by 3738 what he had smelt on the misty air. 3739 Surely he had smelt the smell of the two boys, Julian and 3740 Dick? It had come on the air for a moment or two, and Timmy 3741 was half-inclined to follow it and see if the smell was right. 3742 Then he remembered George and Anne and went on through 3743 the swirling mist. 3744 The boys were actually not very far away when Timmy smelt 3745 them. They were still in the middle of the bush, trying to keep 3746 warm, and sleep. If only they had known that Timmy was near, 3747 with Henry and William! But they didn’t. 3748 Timmy led the way. Soon they came to the quarry, but did not 3749 see it because of the mist. They went round it, led by Timmy, 3750 and rode towards the gypsy camp. Timmy slowed down, and 3751 they took warning. 3752 ‘He’s getting near wherever he wants to take us,’ whispered 3753 William. ‘Had we better dismount and tie the horses up, do you 3754 think? Their hooves may give a warning that we are near.’ 3755 ‘Yes. Yes, William,’ said Henry, thinking that the boy was really 3756 very sensible. They dismounted quietly and tied the horses to 3757 a nearby birch tree. 3758 They were quite near the hill in front of which was the gypsy 3759 camp. The mist was not so thick here, and the two suddenly 3760

3758 birch (s) – árvore chamada vidoeiro ou bétula

Page 142: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

142

caught sight of a dark, shadowy caravan, outlined against a 3761 campfire, left burning nearby. ‘We’ll have to be very quiet,’ 3762 whispered William. ‘Timmy’s brought us to the gypsy camp on 3763 the moor. I had an idea that he would. The others must be held 3764 prisoner somewhere near - be as quiet as you can.’ 3765 Timmy watched them dismount. He hung his head, panting, his 3766 tail down. His head was hurting him very much, and he felt 3767 decidedly queer and giddy. But he must get to George, he 3768 must! 3769 He led the way to the opening in the hill. William and Henry 3770 were most astonished. They followed Timmy through the maze 3771 of passages, wondering how he knew the way so surely. But 3772 Timmy didn’t falter. He only needed to go somewhere once, 3773 and after that he never forgot the way! 3774 He was going very slowly now, and his legs felt queer and 3775 shaky. He wanted to lie down and put his aching head on his 3776 paws. But no, he must find George. He must find George. 3777 George and Anne were lying in the little cave, asleep. They 3778 were uncomfortable, and the cave was hot, so they were 3779 restless, waking up every few minutes. But both were asleep 3780 when Timmy walked slowly into the cave, and flopped down 3781 beside George. 3782 George awoke when she heard William and Henry come into 3783 the cave. She thought it might be Sniffer’s father coming back, 3784 and she hastily put the ropes round her waist so that she 3785 would look as if she were still tied up. Then she heard Timmy 3786 panting, and switched on her torch eagerly. 3787

3768 giddy (adj) – tonto, zonzo, estonteado 3773 falter (to) – hesitar, vacilar 3776 shaky (adj) – trémulo, débil, fraco, frágil 3780 restless (adj) – agitado, inquieto, desassossegado 3787 eagerly (adv) – avidamente, ardentemente

Page 143: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

143

It showed her Timmy, and Henry and William! Henry was full of 3788 amazement when she saw George and Anne with ropes round 3789 their waists. She gaped at them. 3790 ‘Oh Timmy darling, you fetched help!’ said George, putting her 3791 arms round his neck. ‘Oh Henry, I’m so glad you’ve come. But 3792 didn’t you bring Captain Johnson too?’ 3793 ‘No. He’s away,’ said Henry. ‘But William’s here. We rode, and 3794 Timmy guided us. Whatever’s happened, George?’ 3795 Anne awoke just then, and couldn’t believe her eyes when she 3796 saw the visitors! There was a hasty discussion, and then 3797 William spoke firmly. 3798 ‘If you want to escape, you’d better come now, while the gypsy 3799 camp is asleep. Timmy can guide us out of this rabbit-warren 3800 of a hill. We’d never be able to find our way out alone. Come 3801 on!’ 3802 ‘Come on, Tim,’ said George, shaking him gently. But poor old 3803 Timmy was feeling very peculiar. He couldn’t see things 3804 properly. George’s voice sounded blurred to him. His head felt 3805 as heavy as lead, and somehow his legs wouldn’t carry him, 3806 The blow on his head was taking real effect now, and the 3807 hurried journey over the moor and back was making it worse. 3808 ‘He’s ill!’ said George, in a panic. ‘He can’t get up! Oh Timmy, 3809 what’s the matter?’ 3810 ‘It’s that cut on his head,’ said William. ‘Its pretty bad, and he’s 3811 worn out with coming to fetch us and running all the way back 3812 again. He can’t possibly guide us back, George. We’ll have to 3813 do the best we can by ourselves.’ 3814

3790 gape (to) – pasmar, olhar de boca aberta 3805 blur (to) – confundir, turvar, toldar 3812 wear out (to) – esgotar, cansar, gastar

Page 144: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

144

‘Oh, poor, poor Timmy!’ said Anne, horrified at seeing the dog 3815 stretched out quite limp, on the floor of the cave. ‘George, can 3816 you carry him?’ 3817 ‘I think so,’ said George, and she lugged him up in her arms. 3818 ‘He’s awfully heavy, but I think I can just manage him. Perhaps 3819 the fresh air will revive him when we get outside.’ 3820 ‘But George, we don’t know our way out of here,’ said Anne, 3821 fearfully. ‘If Timmy can’t lead us, we’re lost! We’d end up by 3822 wandering miles and miles inside this hill and never getting 3823 out!’ 3824 ‘Well, we’ll simply have to make a shot at it,’ said William. 3825 ‘Come on, I’ll lead the way. We really MUST go!’ 3826 He went out of the cave and down a passage; the others 3827 followed. George carrying the limp Timmy. But very soon 3828 William came to a fork and stopped. 3829 ‘Oh dear - do we go to the left or the right?’ he wondered. 3830 Nobody knew. George shone her torch here and there, trying 3831 to remember. The beam of light picked up something on the 3832 ground nearby. 3833 It was two sticks, one short and one long, in the shape of a 3834 cross! George gave an exclamation. 3835 ‘Look - a patrin! Left by Sniffer to show us the way out. We 3836 have to take the passage that the long stick points to! Oh, I 3837 hope that Sniffer has left patrins at every corner and every 3838 fork!’ 3839 They took the right-hand way and went on, their torches 3840 making long beams in the darkness, and at every place where 3841

3816 limp (adj) – frouxo, mole, sem energia 3818 lug up (to) – puxar com força 3841 beam (s) – feixe de luz, raio luminoso

Page 145: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

145

they might go wrong, they saw a patrin, a message left by 3842 Sniffer to show them the right way to go. 3843 ‘Another cross, we go this way,’ said Anne. 3844 ‘Here’s a patrin again, we take this fork!’ said George. And so it 3845 went on until they came safely to the entrance of the hill. How 3846 thankful they were to see the mist. At least it meant that they 3847 were in the open air! 3848 ‘Now to get to the horses,’ said William. ‘They will each have to 3849 carry two of us at once, I’m afraid.’ 3850 And then, just as they were making their way to where they 3851 had left the horses, the gypsies’ dogs began to bark the place 3852 down! 3853 ‘They’ve heard us!’ said William, desperately. ‘Buck up! We’ll 3854 be stopped if we don’t get off at once!’ 3855 Then a voice shouted loudly. ‘I can see you over there, with 3856 your torches! Stop at once! Do you hear me? STOP!’ 3857 3858

Page 146: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

146

Chapter Twenty 3859 3860 EXCITEMENT IN THE MORNING 3861 3862 The dawn was coming now. The mist was no longer full of 3863 darkness, but was white, and thinning rapidly. The four 3864 children hurried to the horses, which were stamping impatiently 3865 by the trees. George couldn’t go very fast because of Timmy. 3866 He really was very heavy. 3867 Suddenly he began to struggle. The fresh, cool air had revived 3868 him and he wanted to be set down. George put him down 3869 thankfully, and he began to bark defiantly at the gypsies who 3870 were now coming out of their caravans, their dogs with them. 3871 The four children mounted hurriedly and the horses were 3872 surprised at the double weight. William swung his horse’s head 3873 round and set off with George sitting behind him. Henry took 3874 Anne. Timmy, feeling much better, ran after them, his legs no 3875 longer feeling so shaky. 3876 The gypsies ran too, shaking their fists and shouting. Sniffer’s 3877 father was amazed beyond measure. Why, there were the two 3878 girls he had tied up - and that dog he had sent off to trick the 3879 other two boys on the moor. 3880 Then who were these on horse-back, and how had they found 3881 their way to the hill? How had the prisoners been able to find 3882 their way out of the hill, too? That was a real puzzle to Sniffer’s 3883 father. 3884

3876 shaky (adj) – trémulo, débil, fraco

Page 147: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

147

The gypsies tore after the horses, but the dogs contented 3885 themselves with excited barks. Not one of them dared to go 3886 after Timmy. They were afraid of him. 3887 The horses went off as fast as they dared in the mist, Timmy 3888 running in front. He seemed very much better, though George 3889 was afraid it was only the excitement that now kept him going. 3890 She glanced back at the gypsies. They would never catch up 3891 now, thank goodness! 3892 Somewhere behind the mist the sun was shining. Soon it 3893 would disperse the strange fog that had come up so suddenly 3894 from the sea. She glanced down at her watch. Good gracious, 3895 could it really be almost six o’clock in the morning. It was 3896 tomorrow now! 3897 She wondered what had happened to Julian and Dick. 3898 She thought of Sniffer gratefully, and all those patrins he had 3899 left in the hill. They would never have got out but for those. 3900 She thought of Henry and William, and gave William a sudden 3901 tight hug round the waist for coming out in the middle of the 3902 night and rescuing them! 3903 ‘Where are Julian and Dick, do you suppose?’ she said to 3904 William. ‘Do you think they are still lost on the moor? Ought we 3905 to shout, and look for them?’ 3906 ‘No,’ called back William over his shoulder. ‘We’re going 3907 straight back to the stables. They can look after themselves!’ 3908 Dick and Julian had certainly tried to look after themselves, 3909 that cold, misty night, but not very successfully. By the time 3910 that their torch showed them that it was a quarter to five by 3911 their watches, they had had enough of the bush they were in. If 3912

3885 content (to) – satisfazer-se, contentar-se

Page 148: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

148

only they had known it, Henry and William, with Timmy, were 3913 just then riding over the moor, not a great distance from where 3914 they were! 3915 They got out of the bush, damp and stiff. They stretched 3916 themselves and looked into the dark night, still full of mist. 3917 ‘Let’s walk,’ said Julian. ‘I can’t bear keeping still in this mist. 3918 I’ve got my compass. If we walk due west we should surely 3919 come to the edge of the moor, not far from Milling Green.’ 3920 They set off stumbling in the now dim light of the torch, whose 3921 battery was getting low. ‘It will give out soon,’ groaned Dick, 3922 giving it a shake. ‘Blow the thing! It hardly gives us any light 3923 now, and we simply must keep looking at the compass.’ 3924 Julian tripped against something hard and almost fell. He 3925 snatched the torch from Dick. ‘Quick, let me have it!’ 3926 He shone it on what had tripped him and gave a delighted 3927 exclamation. ‘Look, it’s a rail! We’re on the railway line again. 3928 What a bit of luck!’ 3929 ‘I should think so!’ said Dick, relieved. ‘This torch is just about 3930 finished. Now, for GOODNESS’ sake don’t let’s lose this 3931 railway line. Stop at once if you can’t feel it with your foot.’ 3932 ‘To think we were so jolly near the line after all, and didn’t know 3933 it!’ groaned Julian. ‘We could have been back at the stables 3934 ages ago. I do hope the girls got back safely and didn’t alarm 3935 anyone about us. They’d know we would come back as soon 3936 as it was daylight, anyhow, if we could follow the lines!’ 3937 They stumbled in at the stables’ entrance about six o’clock, 3938 tired out. Nobody was yet up, it seemed. They found the 3939

Page 149: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

149

garden door open, left ajar by William and Henry, and went up 3940 to the girls’ room, hoping to find them in bed. 3941 But the beds were empty of course. They went to Henry’s 3942 room, to ask her if she had heard anything of the girls, but her 3943 bed, though slept in, was empty too! 3944 They went across the landing to William’s room. ‘He’s gone as 3945 well!’ said Dick, in great astonishment. ‘Where are they all?’ 3946 ‘Let’s wake Captain Johnson,’ said Julian, who had no idea 3947 that the Captain was away for the night. So they awakened a 3948 very startled Mrs Johnson, and almost scared the life out of 3949 her, for she thought they were far away, camping on the moor! 3950 She was even more startled when she heard their tale and 3951 realized that George and Anne were missing. ‘Where are the 3952 girls, then!’ she said, flinging on a dressing-gown. ‘This is 3953 serious, Julian. They might be completely lost on the moor, or 3954 those gypsies might have got them! I must telephone my 3955 husband, and the police too. Oh dear, oh dear, why did I ever 3956 let you go camping out!’ 3957 She was in the middle of telephoning, with Julian and Dick 3958 beside her, looking very anxious indeed, when the sound of 3959 horses’ hooves came in the yard below. 3960 ‘Now goodness me! Who’s that?’ said Mrs Johnson. ‘Horses! 3961 Who’s riding them at this time of the morning!’ 3962 They all went to the window and looked down into the yard. 3963 Dick gave a yell that almost made Mrs Johnson fall out of the 3964 window! 3965 ‘Anne! George! Look, there they are, and Timmy too. And 3966 gosh, there’s Henry, and William! What is all this!’ 3967

3945 landing (s) – patamar de escadas

Page 150: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

150

Anne heard the yell and looked up. Tired as she was, she gave 3968 a cheerful wave and a grin. George gave a shout. 3969 ‘Oh Julian! Oh Dick, you’re back then! We did hope you would 3970 be. After you left us we went back up the lines the wrong way 3971 and arrived at the quarry again!’ 3972 ‘And the gypsies took us prisoners’ yelled Anne. 3973 ‘But - but - how do Henry and William come into this?’ said 3974 poor Mrs Johnson, thinking she must really still be asleep. ‘And 3975 what’s the matter with Timmy?’ 3976 Timmy had suddenly flopped on the ground. The excitement 3977 was over, they were home, now he could put his poor aching 3978 head on his paws and sleep! 3979 George was off her horse immediately. ‘Timmy! Darling Timmy! 3980 Brave Timmy! Help me, William. I’ll take him upstairs to my 3981 room and see to that cut.’ 3982 By this time all the other children were awake and there was 3983 such a pandemonium going on that Mrs Johnson couldn’t 3984 make herself heard. 3985 Children in dressing-gowns and without, children shouting and 3986 yelling, children pouring into the yard and asking questions; 3987 William trying to quiet the two horses which were getting very 3988 excited at all this sudden clamour; and all the cocks round 3989 about crowing their heads off! What an excitement! 3990 The sun suddenly shone out brilliantly, and the last wisps of 3991 mist disappeared. ‘Hurrah! That mist has gone!’ shouted 3992 George. ‘The sun’s out. Cheer up, Timmy. We’ll all be all right 3993 now!’ 3994

Page 151: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

151

Timmy was half-carried, half-dragged up the stairs by William 3995 and George. George and Mrs Johnson examined his cut head 3996 carefully, and bathed it. 3997 ‘It really should have been stiched up,’ said Mrs Johnson, ‘but 3998 it seems to be healing already. How wicked to hit a dog like 3999 that!’ 4000 Soon there was the sound of horse’s hooves again in the yard, 4001 and Captain Johnson arrived, looking very anxious. At almost 4002 the same moment a car slid in at the gates, a police car, with 4003 two policemen who had been sent to inquire about the missing 4004 girls! Mrs Johnson had forgotten to telephone again to say they 4005 had arrived. 4006 ‘Oh dear, I’m so sorry to have bothered you,’ said Mrs Johnson 4007 to the police sergeant. ‘The girls have just arrived back, but I 4008 still don’t know what has really happened. Still, they’re safe, so 4009 please don’t bother any more.’ 4010 ‘Wait!’ said Julian, who was in the room, too. ‘I think we shall 4011 need the police! Something very peculiar has been happening 4012 up on the moor.’ 4013 ‘Really, sir? What’s that?’ said the sergeant, taking out a note-4014 book. 4015 ‘We were camping there,’ said Julian. ‘And a plane came over, 4016 very low, guided by a lamp set in a sandpit by the gypsies.’ 4017 ‘A lamp set by the gypsies!’ said the sergeant, surprised. ‘But 4018 why should they need to guide a plane? I suppose it landed?’ 4019 ‘No. It didn’t,’ said Julian. ‘It came again the next night, and did 4020 exactly the same thing, swooping low and circling. But this time 4021 it dropped packages, sir!’ 4022

3998 stich up (to) - ?????? 3999 heal (to) – curar, sarar, cicatrizar, melhorar

Page 152: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

152

‘Oh, it did, did it?’ said the sergeant, more interested. ‘For the 4023 gypsies to pick up, by any chance?’ 4024 ‘Yes, sir,’ said Julian. ‘But the plane’s aim wasn’t very good, 4025 and the packets fell all round us and almost hit us. We ran for 4026 shelter, because we didn’t know if there were any explosives or 4027 not!’ 4028 ‘Did you pick up any of the packages?’ asked the sergeant. 4029 Julian nodded. 4030 ‘Yes, we did, and I opened one.’ 4031 ‘What was in it?’ 4032 ‘Paper money, dollars!’ said Julian. ‘In one packet alone there 4033 were scores of notes and each note was for a hundred dollars, 4034 about forty pounds a time! Thousands of pounds-worth thrown 4035 all around us!’ 4036 The sergeant looked at his companion. ‘Ha! Now we know! 4037 This explains a lot that has been puzzling us, doesn’t it, 4038 Wilkins?’ 4039 Wilkins, the other policeman, nodded grimly. ‘It certainly does. 4040 So that’s what happens! That’s how the gang get the dollars 4041 over here, from that printing-press in North France. Just a nice 4042 little run in a plane!’ 4043 ‘But why do they throw the packets down for the gypsies to 4044 collect?’ asked Julian. ‘Is it so that they can give them to 4045 someone else? Why don’t they bring them openly into the 4046 country? Surely anyone can bring dollars here?’ 4047 ‘Not forged ones, my lad,’ said the sergeant. ‘These will all be 4048 forged, you mark my words. The gang have got a 4049 headquarters near London, and as soon as those packets are 4050

4034 hundred (num) - cem 4040 grimly (adv) – de modo severo, ameaçadoramente 4048 forged (adj) – falsificado, falso 4048 lad (s coloq) – rapaz, jovem 4050 headquarter (s) – quartel-general, sede

Page 153: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

153

handed over to them by one of the gypsies, they will set to 4051 work passing them off as real ones, paying hotel bills with 4052 them, buying all kinds of goods and paying for them in notes 4053 that aren’t worth a penny!’ 4054 ‘Whew!’ said Julian. ‘I never thought of them being forged!’ 4055 ‘Oh yes. We’ve known of this gang for some time, but all we 4056 knew was that they had a printing-press to print the notes in 4057 North France, and that somehow the rest of the gang here, 4058 near London, received them and passed them off as real 4059 ones,’ said the sergeant. ‘But we didn’t know how they were 4060 brought here, nor who took them to the gang near London.’ 4061 ‘But now we know all right!’ said Wilkins. ‘My word, this is a 4062 pretty scoop, Sergeant. Good kids these, finding out what 4063 we’ve been months trying to discover!’ 4064 ‘Where are these packages?’ said the sergeant. ‘Did you hide 4065 them? Did the gypsies get them?’ 4066 ‘No, we hid them,’ said Julian. ‘But I guess the gypsies will be 4067 hunting all over the place for them today, so we’d better get on 4068 the moors quick, Sergeant.’ 4069 ‘Where did you hide them?’ said the sergeant. ‘In a safe place, 4070 I hope!’ 4071 ‘Oh very!’ said Julian. ‘I’ll call my brother, Sergeant. He’ll come 4072 with us. Hey, Dick! Come on in here, and you’ll hear a very 4073 interesting bit of news!’ 4074 4075 4076 Chapter Twenty-one 4077 4078

4063 scoop (s) – grande progresso, lucro considerável conseguido rapidamente (furo jornalístico)

Page 154: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

154

THE END OF THE MYSTERY 4079 4080 Mrs Johnson was amazed to hear that the police wanted Julian 4081 and Dick to go out on the moors again. 4082 ‘But they’re tired out!’ she said. ‘They need something to eat. 4083 Can’t it wait?’ 4084 ‘I’m afraid not,’ said the sergeant. ‘You needn’t worry, Mrs 4085 Johnson. These boys are tough!’ 4086 ‘Well actually I don’t think that the gypsies can possibly find the 4087 packets,’ said Julian. ‘So it wouldn’t matter if we had a bite to 4088 eat. I’m ravenous!’ 4089 ‘All right,’ said the big policeman, putting away his note-book. 4090 ‘Have a snack and we’ll go afterwards.’ 4091 Well, of course, George, Anne and Henry all wanted to go too, 4092 as soon as they heard about the proposed jaunt over the 4093 moors! 4094 ‘What! Leave us out of that!’ said George, indignantly. ‘What a 4095 hope! Anne wants to come too.’ 4096 ‘So does Henry,’ said Anne, looking at George, ‘even though 4097 she didn’t help to find the packages of notes.’ 4098 ‘Of course Henry must come,’ said George at once, and Henry 4099 beamed. George had been very struck indeed with Henry’s 4100 courage in coming with William to rescue her and Anne, and 4101 very pleased that she hadn’t boasted about it! But Henry knew 4102 that William was the one mostly to praise, and she had been 4103 unexpectedly modest about the whole affair. 4104 It was quite a large party that set off after everyone had made 4105 a very good breakfast. Mrs Johnson had set to work cooking 4106

4086 tough (adj) – duro, rijo 4093 jaunt (s) – passeio, excursão 4100 strike (to) – impressionar, surpreender 4102 boast (to) – gabar-se, vangloriar-se 4103 praise (to) – elogiar, enaltecer, exaltar

Page 155: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

155

huge platefuls of bacon and egg, exclaiming every now and 4107 again when she thought of all that had happened up on the 4108 moors. 4109 ‘Those gypsies! And fancy that plane coming like that - 4110 dropping money all over the place! And the gypsies tying up 4111 Anne and George in that hill. I never heard anything like it in 4112 my life!’ 4113 Captain Johnson went with the party too. He could hardly 4114 believe the extraordinary tale that the four had to tell, five, with 4115 old Timmy! Timmy now had a beautiful patch on his head, and 4116 was feeling extremely important. Wait till Liz saw that! 4117 Ten people set out, including Timmy, for William had been 4118 included in the party too. He tried to guess where Julian had 4119 hidden the notes, but he couldn’t, of course. Julian firmly 4120 refused to tell anyone. He wanted it to be a real surprise. 4121 They came to the quarry at last, having walked all the way up 4122 the old railway line. Julian stood on the edge of the quarry and 4123 pointed out the gypsy camp. 4124 ‘Look, they’re leaving,’ he said. ‘I bet they were afraid we’d 4125 spread the news of their behaviour, after the girls escaped.’ 4126 Sure enough, the caravans were moving slowly away. 4127 ‘Wilkins, as soon as you get back, give word to have every 4128 gypsy watched if he leaves the caravans,’ said the sergeant. 4129 ‘One of them is sure to have arranged a meeting-place to give 4130 the gang the packets dropped from the plane, and if we watch 4131 those caravans, and every gypsy in them, we’ll soon be able to 4132 put our hands on the gang that spends the forged notes.’ 4133

Page 156: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

156

‘I bet it’s Sniffer’s father,’ said Dick. ‘He’s the ringleader, 4134 anyway.’ 4135 They watched the caravans move away one by one. Anne 4136 wondered about Sniffer. So did George. What had she 4137 promised him last night, if he would help them? A bicycle, and 4138 to live in a house so that he could ride it to school! Well, it 4139 wasn’t likely she would ever see the dirty little boy again, but if 4140 she did she would certainly have to keep her word! 4141 ‘Now, where’s this wonderful hiding-place?’ asked the 4142 sergeant, as Julian turned from watching the caravans. He had 4143 tried to make out Sniffer and Liz, but the vans were too far 4144 away. 4145 ‘Follow me!’ said Julian, with a sudden grin and led the way 4146 back up the lines to where they broke off. The gorse-bush was 4147 there, and the old engine lay on its side as before, almost 4148 hidden. 4149 ‘Whatever’s that?’ said the sergeant, surprised. 4150 ‘It’s the old Puffing Billy that used to pull the trucks of sand 4151 from the quarry,’ said Dick. ‘Apparently there was a quarrel 4152 long ago between the owners of the quarry and the gypsies, 4153 and the gypsies pulled up the lines and the engine ran off and 4154 fell over. There it’s been ever since, as far as I can see!’ 4155 Julian went round to the funnel-end, and bent back the prickly 4156 gorse-branch that hid it. The sergeant looked on in surprise. 4157 Dick scraped the sand out of the top of the funnel and then 4158 pulled out one of the packages. He had been afraid they would 4159 not be there. 4160

4134 ringleader (s) – cabecilha de quadrilha, chefe de quadrilha

Page 157: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

157

‘Here you are!’ he said, and tossed the packet to the sergeant. 4161 ‘There are plenty more. I’ll come to the one we opened in a 4162 minute - yes - here it is.’ 4163 The sergeant and Wilkins were amazed to see the packages 4164 hauled up from such a peculiar hiding-place. No wonder the 4165 gypsies hadn’t found them. Nobody would ever have looked 4166 down the funnel of the old engine, even if they had spotted it, 4167 half-buried as it was. 4168 The sergeant looked at the hundred-dollar notes in the opened 4169 parcel and whistled. ‘My word, this is it! We’ve seen these 4170 before, beautiful forgeries they are! If the gang had got rid of 4171 this lot, a great many people would have suffered. The money 4172 is worth nothing! How many packets did you say there were?’ 4173 ‘Dozens!’ said Dick, and pulled more of them out of the funnel. 4174 ‘Gosh, I can’t reach the ones at the bottom.’ 4175 ‘Never mind,’ said the sergeant. ‘Put some sand in to hide 4176 them and I’ll send a man to poke the rest out with a stick. The 4177 gypsies have gone and they are the only people likely to hunt 4178 for them. This is a wonderful scoop! You kids have certainly 4179 put us on to something.’ 4180 ‘I’m glad,’ said Julian. ‘I say, we’d better collect all the things 4181 we left here yesterday, hadn’t we? We went off in rather a 4182 hurry, you see, Sergeant, and left our things in the quarry.’ 4183 He and George went into the quarry to collect the things they 4184 had left there. Timmy went with them. He suddenly growled, 4185 and George stopped, her hand on his collar. 4186 ‘What’s up, Tim? Ju, there must be somebody here! Is it one of 4187 the gypsies, do you think?’ 4188

4161 toss (to) – atirar, lançar, arremessar 4171 get rid of (to) – gastar, libertar-se de; livrar-se de; desembaraçar-se de 4180 put on to/onto (to) – informar à cerca de, pôr ao corrente de, indicar 4182 go off (to) – ir-se embora, partir

Page 158: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

158

Then Timmy stopped growling and wagged his tail. He 4189 dragged away from George’s hand and ran over to one of the 4190 little caves in the sandy walls. He looked most peculiar with the 4191 patch on his head. 4192 Out of the cave came Liz! As soon as she saw Timmy she 4193 began to turn head-over-heels as fast as she could. Timmy 4194 stared in wonder - what a dog! How could she turn somersaults 4195 like that? 4196 ‘Sniffer!’ called George. ‘Come on out. I know you’re there!’ 4197 A pale, worried face looked out of the cave. Then Sniffer’s thin, 4198 wiry little body followed, and soon he was standing in the 4199 quarry, looking scared. 4200 ‘I got away from them,’ he said, nodding his head towards 4201 where the gypsy camp had been. He went up to George, and 4202 gave a sniff. 4203 ‘You said I could have a bike,’ he said. 4204 ‘I know,’ said George. ‘You shall have one, Sniffer. If you 4205 hadn’t left us patrins in that hill, we’d never have escaped!’ 4206 ‘And you said I could live in a house and ride my bike to 4207 school,’ said Sniffer urgently. ‘I can’t go back to my father, he’d 4208 half-kill me now. He saw those patrins I left in the hill and he 4209 chased me all over the moor for miles. But he didn’t catch me. I 4210 hid.’ 4211 ‘We’ll do the best we can for you,’ promised Julian, sorry for 4212 this little waif. Sniffer sniffed. 4213 ‘Where’s that hanky?’ demanded George. He pulled it out of 4214 his pocket, still clean and folded. He beamed at her. 4215

4195 somersault (s) – cambalhota 4213 waif (s) – criança abandonada, pessoa sem casa (vagabundo)

Page 159: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

159

‘You’re quite hopeless,’ said George. ‘Listen, if you want to go 4216 to school, you’ll have to stop that awful sniff and use your 4217 hanky. See?’ 4218 Sniffer nodded, but put the hanky carefully back into his 4219 pocket. Then the sergeant came into the quarry and Sniffer 4220 fled at the sight of him! 4221 ‘Funny little thing,’ said Julian. ‘Well, I should imagine that his 4222 father will be sent to prison for his share in this affair, so Sniffer 4223 will be able to get his wish and leave the caravan life to live in 4224 a house. We might be able to get him into a good home.’ 4225 ‘And I shall keep my word, and take some money out of my 4226 savings-bank and buy him a bicycle,’ said George. ‘He 4227 deserves it! Oh, do look at Liz - simply adoring Timmy and his 4228 patch. Don’t look so important, Tim - it’s only a patch on your 4229 cut!’ 4230 ‘Sniffer!’ called Julian. ‘Come back. You needn’t be afraid of 4231 this policeman. He is a friend of ours. He’ll help us to choose a 4232 bicycle for you.’ 4233 The sergeant looked extremely surprised at this remark, but at 4234 any rate it brought Sniffer back at once! 4235 ‘Well, we’ll go back now,’ said the sergeant. ‘We’ve got what 4236 we want, and Wilkins has already started back to get 4237 somebody on to watching the gypsies. Once we find out who 4238 they have to report to about this forged money we shall feel 4239 happy.’ 4240 ‘I hope Wilkins went along down the railway,’ said Julian. ‘It’s 4241 so easy to get lost on this moor.’ 4242

4221 flee (to) – fugir de, escapar 4227 savings bank - banco de poupança; caixa económica 4234 At any rate – de qualquer maneira, seja como for, pelo menos, ao menos

Page 160: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

160

‘Yes. He had the sense to do that, after hearing how you got 4243 lost!’ said the sergeant. ‘It’s wonderful up here, isn’t it, so 4244 peaceful and quiet and calm.’ 4245 ‘Yes, you’d never think that mysteries could happen up here, 4246 would you?’ said Dick. ‘Old ones, and new ones! Well, I’m glad 4247 we happened to be mixed up in the newest one. It was quite 4248 an adventure!’ 4249 They all went back to the stables, to find that it was now almost 4250 dinner-time and that everyone had a very large appetite to 4251 match the very large dinner that Mrs Johnson had got ready. 4252 The girls went upstairs to wash. George went into Henry’s 4253 room. 4254 ‘Henry,’ she said, ‘thanks most awfully. You’re as good as a 4255 boy any day!’ 4256 ‘Thanks, George,’ said Henry, surprised. ‘You’re better than a 4257 boy!’ 4258 Dick was passing the door and heard all this. He laughed, and 4259 stuck his head in at the door. 4260 ‘I say do let me share in these compliments!’ he said. ‘Just tell 4261 me I’m as good as a girl, will you?’ 4262 But all he got was a well-aimed hair-brush and a shoe, and he 4263 fled away, laughing. 4264 Anne gazed out of her bedroom window over the moor. It 4265 looked so peaceful and serene under the April sun. No mystery 4266 about it now! 4267 ‘All the same, it’s a good name for you,’ said Anne. ‘You’re full 4268 of mystery and adventure, and your last adventure waited for 4269

4248 mix somebody up in something (to) - envolver alguém em algo 4252 match (to) – ir ao encontro a… 4268 All the same – mesmo assim

Page 161: 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 3 4 5 6 ‘We’ve been here a ... GO TO... · 1 1 FIVE GO TO MYSTERY MOOR 2 . Chapter One 3 . 4 . AT THE STABLES 5 . 6 ‘We’ve been here a week and

161

us to come and share it. I really think I’d call this adventure 4270 “Five Go To Mystery Moor”.’ 4271 It’s a good name, Anne. We’ll call it that too! 4272 4273